A Bit About Us
Multiple Teams Contribute to Thorlabs’ OCT Success Although Thorlabs has a long history of manufacturing photonics products, we have contributed substantially to a number of key technologies in the life sciences during the last decade. There are several groups at Thorlabs who work extensively to bring cutting edge products, such as our Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) imaging systems, to market. Our OCT group is unique in that it functions as one unit, although it is comprised of teams from several different geographical locations. Currently, Thorlabs produces two types of OCT systems, Swept Source (SS-OCT) and Spectral Domain (SD-OCT). Developed and manufactured by Thorlabs in 2004, our first SS-OCT system was a collaboration between our laser development team in Sweden and our Advanced Systems Technology group in Newton, NJ. Today, the laser scan heads for these OCT systems are designed and manufactured in Sweden, while the SS-OCT machine is produced in New Jersey.
Our Advanced Systems Technology Team in Newton, NJ Enjoying a Victory at a Company Soccer Tournament
Our TQE Group at a Company Picnic
Our SD-OCT systems are designed and manufactured by our engineering team at our German facility in Lübeck. This group joined the Thorlabs family in 2005, through the founding of Thorlabs HL AG (now part of Thorlabs GmbH), established by Thorlabs’ owner, Alex Cable, and two former researchers, Peter Koch and Christian Winter, from the Medical Laser Center in Lübeck. Our OCT engineers correspond frequently with our Thorlabs Quantum Electronics (TQE) group in Jessup, Maryland, as TQE grows the gain chips used in our OCT systems. This includes the MEMSTuned VCSELs for use at 1 µm and 3 µm.
Thorlabs’ in-house manufacturing capabilities allow us to efficiently produce best-in-class OCT systems for the life science and photonics markets. Our teams can fully customize any system to meet a variety of demands.
Members of Our Germany Office at a Company Picnic with Family Members
138
Imaging Components Selection Guide
MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Components
Page 140
Page 192 - 221
Femtosecond Technologies
Objective Lenses
Pages 141 - 148
Page 222 - 225
Multiphoton Subsystems
Optical Filters
Pages 149 - 153
Page 226 - 245
Confocal Accessories
FLIM Source
Pages 154 - 167
Page 246 - 247
Microscopy Stages Page 168 - 191
139
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Resonant Scanner Upgrade for Sutter MOM
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
Features
Microscopy Stages
n High-Speed
Replacement Scan Head for Sutter’s Movable Objective Microscope (MOM) n Video Frame Rate of 30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels n Maximum Frame Rate of 400 fps at 512 x 32 Pixels n Compatible with ThorImageLS™ and ScanImage (an SDK is Provided) n Includes All Needed Computer and Electronics Hardware and Cables
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
MPMSCAN64J-MOM
This kit brings the high-speed imaging capabilities of our Bergamo II microscopes to Sutter’s Movable Objective Microscope (MOM). It replaces the original galvo scan mirrors with Thorlabs’ galvo-resonant scanner, which provides video frame rates of 30 fps at 512 x 512 pixels and a maximum frame rate of 400 fps at 512 x 32 pixels.
RESONANT SCANNER UPGRADE FOR SUTTER MOM 8 kHz Resonant Scanner (X) Galvanometric Scan Mirror (Y)
Scanner Scan Speed
30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels 400 fps at 512 x 32 Pixels
Scan Mode
Line, Square, or Rectangle
Scan Resolution
Up to 2048 x 2048 Pixels (Bi-Directional)
Up to 4096 x 4096 Pixels (Unidirectional) This scanner includes ThorImageLS™, our software package for multiphoton image acquisition, visualization, and analysis. It is also fully supported by the open-source ScanImage 4.x and ScanImage 5.x developed by Vidrio Technologies. To make full use of the extended field of view of the resonant scanner, we also provide a wide-field-of-view scan lens with a broader corrected wavelength range.
Thorlabs Support To ensure that the intended optical performance is achieved by your upgraded Sutter MOM, a Thorlabs technician can travel to your lab to install, test, and demonstrate the use of the microscope. Our support staff will provide you with a webcam and microphone should post-installation support be required, and with permission, we can also remote desktop to your machine to address software issues.
ThorImageLS™ Software ThorImageLS’s workflow-oriented interface supports single image, Z-stacks, time series, and image streaming acquisitions, and shows the user the measured images in real time. Each captured image is saved directly as a lossless TIFF that is viewable in any image analysis program, including ImageJ.
ITEM # MPMSCAN64J-MOM
140
PRICE $ 57,633.19
DESCRIPTION Galvo-Resonant Upgrade for Sutter MOM
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
OCTAVIUS-85M-HP
TIBERIUS
>200 nm Wide Spectrum
Tunable from 740 to 1020 nm
Features n Turnkey,
Maintenance-Free Operation n Engineered for Long-Term Reliability n Two Lasers Available • Tiberius: Tunable Output Wavelength • Octavius: Fixed, Broadband Output n Compact Footprint on Workstation
Microscopy Stages
Thorlabs manufactures two femtosecond laser sources for use in multiphoton microscopy applications: Tiberius and Octavius. The Tiberius laser offers an average power of more than 1.8 W at 800 nm and a center wavelength that is tunable from 740 nm to 1020 nm, allowing the user to target specific compounds for fluorescence imaging or photo-uncaging. In comparison, the Octavius laser provides a short 10 fs pulse duration that leads to a >200 nm wide spectrum centered around 800 nm in every pulse, enabling the user to excite multiple fluorophores simultaneously.
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Tiberius: Tunable Center Wavelength for Targeted Photoexcitation
Since tabletop space is often at a premium, the Tiberius laser has been designed with a vertical cavity construction that minimizes the footprint on the optical table. At 699 mm x 181 mm (27.5" x 7.1"), the Tiberius’ footprint is about half that of competing designs, preserving valuable workspace for the rest of your experimental setup.
Power (W)
Tiberius lasers emit 120 fs pulses at the peak wavelength of 800 nm and offer the user the ability to tune the center wavelength from 740 nm to 1020 nm. The relatively narrow spectral bandwidth of these 120 fs pulses minimizes pulse broadening as the laser light travels through a microscope while still providing high peak intensity for multiphoton excitation of samples. With a nearly 300 nm wide tuning range, the Tiberius enables the user to optimize the center wavelength for Tiberius Output Power two-photon excitation of specific fluorophores and also 2.2 2.0 allows for photostimulation or uncaging. A built-in 1.8 spectrometer reports the laser’s emission wavelength, 1.6 which is controlled by the included GUI (shown below 1.4 1.2 to the right). 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 700
750
800
850 900 950 Wavelength (nm)
1000
1050
The Tiberius laser is powered by a rugged, industrialgrade fiber pump laser whose diodes are rated with a lifetime of more than 100,000 hours. These long-lasting diodes effectively never need replacement, allowing for an exceptionally low cost of ownership. Continued on next page Included GUI for Control of the Tiberius’ Center Wavelength
141
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers
Femtosecond Technologies
Octavius: Multiple, Simultaneous Fluorophore Excitation
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
With a pulse duration of just 10 fs, the Octavius laser provides exceptionally high peak power of more than 400 kW and a large spectral bandwidth spanning more than 200 nm (at -10 dB) in every pulse, making it capable of simultaneously exciting several spectrally separated fluorophores at their optimal absorption wavelengths. This large bandwidth covers more than half the tuning range typically found in Ti:Sapphire lasers. In order to excite multiple fluorophores using tunable Ti:Sapphire lasers, the lasers are usually tuned to a wavelength at which the fluorophores in the sample exhibit at least some absorbance. This compromise reduces image contrast and limits the detail that can be extracted from a given measurement, leading to the need for co-registration, which can introduce experimental uncertainties. Since the Octavius laser emits broadband pulses (see the graph to the right for a spectrum), it is capable of exciting many common fluorophores simultaneously without requiring tuning, even when those fluorophores have fairly well separated absorption bands. As an example, we photoexcited a mouse intestine that was labeled with Alexa 350 and Alexa 568 dyes and obtained multiphoton fluorescence from both tags in one measurement, as shown in the image below.
Power Spectral Density (a.u.)
Multiphoton Subsystems
OCTAVIUS-85M-HP Spectrum
1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 600
675
750
825
900
975
Wavelength (nm)
OCTAVIUS-85M-HP Used with a Multiphoton Microscope
Multiple Dye Excitation with Octavius Photos taken with a two-photon microscope using an Octavius laser source. The sample was labeled with Alexa 350 and Alexa 568 dyes. These two dyes have fairly well separated excitation bands. Exciting these two dyes simultaneously with a traditional 100 fs laser source is difficult, since the bandwidth of the source is too narrow. In contrast, the 10 fs Octavius is able to excite both fluorophores simultaneously due to its large bandwidth of over 200 nm. 142
1050
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers Hands-Free Operation with Long-Term Stability Thorlabs’ femtosecond lasers are extensively engineered to provide peak performance without user intervention, offering minimal downtime and low cost of ownership. In order to provide stable experimental conditions in a variety of lab environments, they incorporate Thorlabs’ Polaris™ precision designs for ultrastable beam pointing (see www.thorlabs.com for more details). The laser is factory aligned and sealed for maintenance-free operation.
Common Fluorophores that can be Simultaneously Excited by the Octavius Laser n Fura-2
n Fluo-3
n e
n CFP
and w Type GFP n Alexa Dyes n Oregon Green
and Fluo-5F
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
n DAPI n Cy2
Femtosecond Technologies
and Cy3
OCT Components
Our lasers use actively stabilized laser cavities that maintain the critical pulse characteristics without requiring user intervention. By tightly controlling the peak power, spectral distribution, output power, and duration of pulses emitted by our Tiberius and Octavius lasers, repeatable experimental conditions are achieved.
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
289 mm
Have You Seen Our...
417 mm
121 mm
122 mm
699 mm Side View of Tiberius
Dispersion Precompensators
575 mm
Top View of Octavius
181 mm
35 mm
140 mm 76 mm
Top View of Tiberius
See Page 152
Side View of Octavius
Specifications ITEM #
TIBERIUS
Tuning Range
740 - 1020 nm
ITEM #
Pulse Width
<120 fs at 800 nm
Pulse Width
Output Power
>1.8 W at 800 nm
Bandwidth @ -10 dB
OCTAVIUS-85M-HP <10 fs >200 nm
Noise
<0.15%
Peak Power
>450 kW
Repetition Rate
82 MHz
Average Output Power
>600 mW
Beam Diameter
<1.5 mm (1/e2)
Ellipticity - 1 M2 Pointing Stability During Tuning Dimensions
85 MHz
Divergence
<2 mrad
<1.2 at 800 nm
Polarization
>90:1 (Horizontal)
<50 µrad per 100 nm 699 mm x 181 mm x 289 mm (27.5" x 7.1" x 11.4") PRICE
Repetition Rate
<0.1
Power Stability Over 8 Hours Dimensions
±1% 575 mm x 417 mm x 140 mm (22.6" x 16.4" x 5.5")
ITEM # TIBERIUS
$ 114,000.00
DESCRIPTION <120 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser, Tunable from 740 nm to 1020 nm
OCTAVIUS-85M-HP
$ 95,000.00
<10 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser, Fixed Broadband Output
143
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirrors for 750 - 1000 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Ideal
for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Pulses Reflectance for 750 - 1000 nm • RS > 99%, RP > 98.5% n Low Group Delay Dispersion for 750 - 1000 nm • < |20 fs2| (S-Polarization) • < |30 fs2| (P-Polarization)
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
n High
UM05-AG Ø1/2"
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
UM10-AG Ø1"
Thorlabs’ Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirrors are designed for applications in the fundamental wavelength range of femtosecond Ti:Sapphire lasers. These mirrors are manufactured with a dielectric overcoat that provides >98.5% absolute reflectance over the 750 - 1000 nm wavelength range, and they largely retain the low group delay dispersion (GDD) intrinsic to metallic coatings. Compared to our low GDD dielectric mirrors for 700 - 930 nm (see page 144), these enhanced silver mirrors offer similar GDD, a slightly wider reflectance range, and a slightly lower reflectance value. They are available in 1/2" and 1" diameters, and each is 6.0 mm thick. Reflectance, 45° AOI
100.0
80
S-Polarized P-Polarized
60
99.0
40
98.5 98.0
GDD (fs2)
Reflectance (%)
99.5
S-Polarized P-Polarized
97.5
20 0 -20 -40
97.0
-60
96.5 96.0 700
Group Delay Dispersion, 45° AOI
100
-80 750
800
850
900
950
1000
-100 700
1050
800
750
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.
ITEM #
900
950
1000
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |20 fs2|.
UM05-AG
UM10-AG
Design Wavelength
750 - 1000 nm
Diameter
1/2" (12.7 mm)
1" (25.4 mm)
Diameter Tolerance
+0.0 / -0.1 mm
Clear Aperture
>80% of Diameter
Thickness
6.0 mm
Thickness Tolerance
±0.2 mm
Reflectance
Rs > 99%, Rp > 98.5% 45º
Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion
< |20
fs2|
(S-Polarization), < |30 fs2| (P-Polarization)
Substrate
Fused Silica
Surface Flatness
l/20 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture
Surface Quality
l/10 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture 40-20 Scratch-Dig
Parallelism
≤3 arcmin
Back Surface
144
850
Wavelength (nm)
Wavelength (nm)
Fine Ground
ITEM # UM05-AG
$
PRICE 60.00
UM10-AG
$
95.00
DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirror, 750 - 1000 nm, 45° AOI Ø1" Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirror, 750 - 1000 nm, 45° AOI
1050
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Low GDD Ultrafast Mirrors for 700 nm - 930 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Ideal
for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Pulses n High Reflectance • RS > 99% (700 - 930 nm) • RP > 99% (730 - 870 nm) n Low Group Delay Dispersion • <|30 fs2| (S-Polarization: 700 - 930 nm, P-Polarization: 730 - 870 nm) n Item # and Coated Surface Indicated by Engraving on Edge of Optic
UM05-45A Ø1/2"
UM20-45A Ø2"
UM10-45A Ø1"
These low group delay dispersion (GDD) mirrors feature a coating designed for high reflectance in the 700 - 930 nm wavelength range, where Ti:Sapphire femtosecond pulsed lasers typically emit. Ideal for applications where pulse broadening is a concern, these mirrors are designed for a 45° angle of incidence.
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
The edge of each optic is engraved with the item number and an arrowhead pointing to the coated surface. The Ø1/2" and Ø1" versions have polished back surfaces that allow the small percentage of light that leaks through the reflective coating to be used for applications such as power monitoring, while the Ø2" version features a fine ground back surface to diffusely scatter transmitted light from higher power beams.
FLIM Source
Group Delay Dispersion, 45º AOI
Reflectance, 45º AOI 100
100
Multiphoton Subsystems
80 60
80 60
GDD (fs2)
Reflectance (%)
40
40
20 0 -20 -40
20 0 500
600
700
800 900 Wavelength (nm)
-80 1000
-100 700
1100
750
800 850 Wavelength (nm)
900
950
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |30 fs2|.
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.
ITEM #
S-Polarization P-Polarization
-60
S-Polarization P-Polarization
UM05-45A
UM10-45A
Design Wavelength
UM20-45A
700 - 930 nm
Diameter
1/2" (12.7 mm)
1" (25.4 mm)
Diameter Tolerance
2" (50.8 mm)
+0.00 / -0.10 mm
Clear Aperture
>80% of Diameter
Thickness
6.35 mm (0.25")
9.5 mm (0.37")
Thickness Tolerance
12 mm (0.47")
±0.10 mm
Reflectance
Rs > 99% (700 - 930 nm), Rp > 99% (730 - 870 nm) 45º
Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion
< |30
fs2|
(S-Polarization: 700 - 930 nm, P-Polarization: 730 - 870 nm)
Material
UV Fused Silica
Surface Flatness
l/4
l/6
Surface Quality
l/2
10-5 Scratch-Dig
Parallelism
≤5 arcmin
Back Surface
Polished
ITEM # UM05-45A
$
PRICE 170.00
UM10-45A
$
240.00
Ø1" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI
UM20-45A
$
590.00
Ø2" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI
Fine Ground
DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI
145
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Low GDD Ultrafast Mirrors for 950 nm - 1170 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Ideal
Multiphoton Subsystems
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
n Use
Ø1/2"
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
for Pulses Shorter than 100 fs with Ytterbium and Neodymium Lasers n High Reflectance and Low Dispersion for 950 - 1170 nm n Item # and Coated Surface Indicated by Engraving on Edge of Optic n Backside of Optic is Polished
UM05-45B UM10-45B Ø1"
These low group delay dispersion (GDD) mirrors feature a coating designed for high reflectance from 950 nm to 1170 nm. This wavelength range is optimized for use with Ytterbium (Yb) and Neodymium (Nd) lasers, such as Nd:YAG. Ideal for applications where pulse broadening is a concern, these mirrors are designed for a 45° angle of incidence. The dielectric coating is applied with an ion-beam-sputtering (IBS) technique, providing a highly controlled and durable dielectric thin film coating with a high damage threshold. They have been used with lasers delivering 40 J/cm2 (p-polarization, 1064 nm with a 10 ns pulse at 100 Hz). Each optic is engraved with the item number and an arrowhead pointing to the coated surface. The back surface is polished so that the small percentage of light that leaks through the reflective coating may be used for applications such as power monitoring. Reflectance, 45º AOI 100
Visit...
80 80
www.thorlabs.com
60 40
60
GDD (fs2)
Reflectance (%)
To See More Low GDD Mirrors for 1400-1700 nm
Group Delay Dispersion, 45º AOI
100
40
S-Polarization P-Polarization
20
20 0 -20 -40 -60
S-Polarization P-Polarization
-80 0 850
900
950
1000 1050 1100 Wavelength (nm)
1150
1200
1250
-100 900
UM05-45B
Design Wavelength
1050 1100 Wavelength (nm)
1150
UM10-45B 950 - 1170 nm
Diameter
1/2" (12.7 mm)
Diameter Tolerance
25 mm (0.98") +0.00 / -0.10 mm
Clear Aperture
>80% of Diameter
Thickness
6.35 mm (0.25")
Thickness Tolerance
9.5 mm (0.37") ±0.10 mm
Reflectance
Rs > 99% (950 - 1170 nm), Rp > 99% (1000 - 1100 nm) 45º
Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion
< |30
fs2|
(S-Polarization: 970 - 1150 nm, P-Polarization: 1020 - 1080 nm)
Substrate
UV Fused Silica
Surface Flatness
l/4 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture
Surface Quality
l/6 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture 10-5 Scratch-Dig
Parallelism
≤5 arcmin
Back Surface
146
1000
Polished
ITEM # UM05-45B
$
PRICE 195.00
UM10-45B
$
320.00
1200
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |30 fs2|.
The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.
ITEM #
950
DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Low GDD Mirror, 950 nm - 1170 nm, 45º AOI Ø25 mm Low GDD Mirror, 950 nm - 1170 nm, 45º AOI
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Improves
Image Contrast in Multiphoton Microscopy n Generates Short, High-Peak-Power Pulses at the Sample for Greater Fluorescence Intensity n >99% Reflectance for 700 - 1000 nm 2 n -175 fs of Group Delay Dispersion per Reflection at 800 nm n For Laser Pulses with Spectral Bandwidth >50 nm (FWHM)
Typical Group Delay vs. Wavelength Group Delay vs. Wavelength
60 Typical 60 40
GD GD (fs)(fs)
40 20
ITEM # DCMP175
$
-200
OCT Components
-20 -40 -60 -80 -80 700
750
850
900
950 1000
Objective Lenses
Wavelength (nm) 100.0
% Reflectance % Reflectance
100.0 99.6
Reflectance vs. Wavelength Reflectance vs. Wavelength
99.6 99.2
Optical Filters FLIM Source
99.2 98.8 98.8 98.4 98.4 98.0
98.0 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 700 750 Wavelength 800 850 900 (nm)950 1000 1050
Wavelength (nm) 700 – 1000 nm >99% -175 fs2 at 800 nm l/10
Surface Quality
10-5 Scratch-Dig 0.1 J/cm2 (100 fs Pulses Centered at 800 nm)
Damage Threshold Substrate Material
Fused Silica
Substrate Dimensions (L x W x D)c
52.0 mm x 11.0 mm x 12.0 mm (2.05" x 0.43" x 0.47")
= 8°, P-Polarized Light Any Ø10 mm in the Clear Aperture
bOver
PRICE 2,410.00
800
750 Wavelength 800 850 (nm) 900 950 1000
700
In typical glass, shorter wavelengths have higher indices of refraction than longer wavelengths, causing shorter wavelengths to travel slower. These mirrors are specifically designed so that longer wavelengths experience SPECIFICATIONSa larger group delay than shorter Operating Wavelength Range wavelengths, allowing the shorter Reflectance (Over Operating Wavelength Range)a Dispersion per Reflection wavelengths to “catch up” to the Surface Flatness (@ 633 nm)b longer wavelengths.
aAOI
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
20 0
-40 -60
Thorlabs’ Dispersion Compensating Mirror Set corrects for the dispersion that occurs when ultrashort pulses travel through an optical system. Since a femtosecond laser pulse consists of many different wavelengths, pulse broadening (a lengthening of the temporal intensity profile) will occur when the pulse passes through a dielectric medium, like glass. This broadening is caused by the wavelength dependence of the refractive index of the optical components through which the light travels.
Since the intensity of the generated fluorescence depends on the intensity of the excitation pulse, correcting for pulse broadening enhances image contrast.
Multiphoton Subsystems
DCMP175
c Clear
Aperture is More than 50 mm x 10 mm
DESCRIPTION Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set, 2 Pieces
Multiphoton Imaging Using DCMP175 The two-photon images of a mouse intestine shown here demonstrate the increased imaging quality possible using the Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set (DCMP175). Figure 1 shows a multiphoton image of a mouse intestine specimen that was taken without the Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set, whereas Figure 2 shows the same image acquired after adding the mirror pair to the experimental setup. In the mouse intestine specimen, goblet cell mucous is labeled with Alexa Fluor 350 (blue) and cell nuclei are labeled with SYTOX Green (green).
Figure 1. Uncompressed Pulse
Figure 2. Compressed Pulse
These pseudocolored images were obtained using Thorlabs’ multiphoton microscope equipped with a 40X microscope objective (NA = 0.75). Two-photon excitation was provided by a Ti:Sapphire oscillator that provides a repetition rate of 1 GHz and ultrashort (<6 fs) pulses. The group delay dispersion (GDD) attributed to the optical elements in the microscope was roughly 4200 fs2. These images demonstrate that the pulse compression provided by the mirror set increases the fluorescence signal, thereby providing a higher quality image of the mouse intestine. 147
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Low GDD Ultrafast Beamsplitter for 600 nm - 1500 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n 50:50
Splitting Ratio for 600 - 1500 nm for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire and Yb-Based Lasers n Deterministic Group Delay Dispersion (GDD) in Transmission and Reflection n Optically Matched Window for Balanced GDD in Both Arms n Designed for P-Polarized Light at 45° Incident Angle
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Optimized
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
UFBS5050
UDP10
Our UFBS5050 Ultrafast Beamsplitter divides beams in the 600 - 1500 nm wavelength range into one transmitted arm and one reflected arm, each with equal intensity and well defined, deterministic group delay dispersion (GDD). This wide spectral range makes the beamsplitter compatible with femtosecond pulsed Ti:Sapphire lasers like our Octavius laser featured on pages 142 - 143 as well as Ytterbium lasers.
The UDP10 Infrasil® Window, manufactured from the same material as the ultrafast beamsplitter, is designed to reduce the GDD difference between the arms to <20 fs2 at 800 nm. It is only recommended for pulses shorter than 50 fs, as longer pulses have a narrow spectral bandwidth that negates the need for this additional GDD compensation. 100
Ultrafast Beamsplitter for 600 - 1500 nm
UFBS5050 Ultrafast Beamsplitter
Transmission (P-Pol.) Reflectance (P-Pol.)
80
50% Transmitted %
60 40
50% Reflected
20 0 500
700
900
1100
1300
1500
UDP10 Window
Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph denotes the specified range of the UFBS5050 beamsplitter.
ITEM # Wavelength Range
For laser pulses shorter than 50 fs, we recommend pairing the UFBS5050 beamsplitter with the UDP10 window in the arrangement shown here.
UFBS5050
UDP10
600 - 1500 nm
300 nm - 3 µm
Diameter
1" (25.4 mm)
Diameter Tolerance
+0.00 / -0.10 mm
+0.0 / -0.2 mm
Clear Aperture
>80% of Diameter
>90% of Diameter
Thickness Thickness Tolerance Angle of Incidence Input Polarization
1.0 mm ±0.05 mm
45º
0°
P-Polarization
N/A
Surface Flatness
<3l Over Clear Aperture
l/10 Over Clear Aperture
Surface Quality
20-10 Scratch-Dig
10-5 Scratch-Dig
≤5 arcmin
<5 arcsec
Parallelism Beamsplitting Ratio Tolerance
±5% Over Wavelength Range
N/A Infrasil®
Substrate
148
1.5 mm ±0.10 mm
ITEM # UFBS5050
$
PRICE 250.00
UDP10
$ 90.00
DESCRIPTION Low GDD Ultrafast Beamsplitter, Ø1", 600 – 1500 nm, 45° AOI Infrasil® Window, Ø1", 1.0 mm Thick
Imaging Components
Pockels Cells
MOM Upgrade Kit
Features n Significantly
Reduce Photobleaching and Photodamage n Standard and High-Speed Versions n Prevent Overexposure Along the Edges of the Field of View n Mask Arbitrarily Located Regions to Limit Exposure to Those Areas (High-Speed Only) n Controlled from ThorImageLS™ n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers or Optical Parametric Oscillators (OPOs)
BCM-PCA100
A Pockels Cell is a laser modulator that effectively attenuates the laser when the scan head is pointing outside the user-specified region of interest. This reduces the average energy seen by the specimen, protecting against photobleaching and phototoxicity.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
We offer two speeds of Pockels cells for our multiphoton microscopes. The standard options provide edge blanking for galvo-resonant scanners, while the high-speed options add the ability to protect arbitrarily shaped, user-defined regions within the field of view from being exposed to the laser. Each speed is available in two distinct wavelength ranges that are optimized to match the output of either femtosecond Ti:Sapphire lasers or optical parametric oscillators (OPOs).
Edge Blanking (Available on Standard and High-Speed Pockels Cells)
Edge Blanking
While imaging with a galvo-resonant scanner, the left and right edges of the sample can be exposed to a disproportionately large amount of laser radiation, which may be an issue for sensitive samples. The extra exposure occurs because the resonant scanner reverses direction near the edges; consequently, it travels slower as it decelerates before accelerating again in the opposite direction. A Pockels cell lets the researcher switch off the laser once it nears the edges, providing a more uniform exposure. Edge blanking is controlled by the Power Control panel in ThorImageLS. Simply type in the percentage of the line you wish to blank. Masking
Masking (High-Speed Pockels Cell Only) When the region of interest is smaller than the full field of view, it is not necessary to illuminate the entire field of view with a laser. ThorImageLS can import a user-created file that defines a “masked” region of interest, outside of which the laser will be switched off. This keeps the exposed area of the sample to a minimum. Masking is particularly useful when imaging photosensitive in vivo specimens that are also sensitive to physical movement or vibrations. In order to avoid repositioning the specimen or the microscope once the region of interest is in the field of view, the user can select a region of interest by masking it. Customers who wish to use the open-source ScanImage package to control these Pockels cells should also purchase the National Instruments Card Package to enable compatibility. ITEM # BCM-PCA025
$
PRICE 11,375.00
DESCRIPTION Standard Pockels Cell for Ti:Sapphire Lasers, 680 - 1100 nm, 25 MHz
BCM-PCA025-OPO
$
11,500.00
Standard Pockels Cell for OPOs, 1000 - 2000 nm, 25 MHz
BCM-PCA100
$
17,150.00
High-Speed Pockels Cell for Ti:Sapphire Lasers, 680 - 1100 nm, 100 MHz
BCM-PCA100-OPO
$
17,500.00
High-Speed Pockels Cell for OPOs, 1000 - 2000 nm, 100 MHz
SC-IMG2
$
1,500.00
National Instruments Card Package
149
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Variable Attenuator
Femtosecond Technologies
Features
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Automatically
Increment Illumination Intensity with Increasing Sample Depth n Block Laser with One Click n Controlled from ThorImageLSâ&#x201E;˘ and Knob n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
BCM-PA
FLIM Source
Thorlabsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Variable Attenuator provides automated and manual control of the illumination intensity. We strongly recommend adding it to our multiphoton microscopes because it prevents samples from seeing the full power of the laser, helping to protect against irreversible photobleaching. Moreover, when a sample volume is being scanned, the variable attenuator increments the laser power exponentially at each step, helping maintain uniform illumination intensity with increasing sample depth. All functions of the variable attenuator are controlled by a panel in ThorImageLS, our internally developed software suite for the Bergamo II microscopes. To increment the power as a scan progresses, simply enter the desired start and end powers in terms of %. This panel also provides a convenient computer-controlled way to block the laser when laser exposure is not needed, as when performing widefield or transmitted light imaging. An SDK is available for controlling the variable attenuator through the ScanImage 4.x and 5.x software by Vidrio Technologies or your own home-built software.
ThorImageLS Software Interface for the Variable Attenuator
The Variable Attenuator is inserted in the optical path between the Ti:Sapphire laser and the Bergamo II microscope. When ordered with the Bergamo II microscope, a Thorlabs technician will be present at the installation to ensure that the intended functionality is achieved. ITEM # BCM-PA
150
$
PRICE 4,600.00
DESCRIPTION Variable Attenuator
Updated Specs 12/26/14 - LF
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Variable Beam Expander
Femtosecond Technologies
Applications n Overfill
Objective to Maximize Resolution and Use the Entire NA n Underfill Objective to Increase Power Density, Thereby Imaging Deeper in Thick Preparations
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
Features n Continuously
Adjust Beam Diameter from 1 - 2.4X in Milliseconds n Controlled from ThorImageLS™ n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers
Objective Lenses Optical Filters
BCM-VBE
FLIM Source
The Variable Beam Expander for our multiphoton microscopes optimizes the beam diameter for different experimental conditions. As shown below, choosing a beam diameter that fills the back aperture of the objective maximizes the numerical aperture. Overfilling the back aperture will lead to more uniform sample illumination and higher resolution, while underfilling increases laser power for deeper imaging in thick preparations. Using either the ThorImageLS software or the included control box, the beam expander expands or contracts the beam from 1 - 2.4X in less than 10 ms. The input and output beams are parallel and collinear, making it possible to drop the beam expander into an existing setup without rearranging the optical table. In order to attach lens tubes, which serve as protective shielding, each port is SM1 threaded (1.035"-40). Thorlabs’ SM1 standard is used extensively throughout our optomechanics catalog. Our beam expander is constructed with the aid of Thorlabs’ ultrastable Polaris™ mirror mounts (see page 402), and the expansion ratio is adjusted by electrically tuned lenses. The use of fixed optics maintains the beam’s centration over the entire optical path, helping ensure the highest possible optical resolution in your measurements.
Have you seen our...
Low-Drift Mirror Mounts Beam Diameter Matches Back Aperture, which Uses the Entire NA
ITEM # BCM-VBE
Back Aperture is Overfilled for More Even Illumination
$
PRICE 9,940.00
Back Aperture is Underfilled, Leading to Higher Power in Thick Samples
DESCRIPTION Variable Beam Expander
Polaris™ mirror mounts are designed for customers who require extremely high thermal stability in the optical paths they build themselves.
See Page 402 or Visit www.thorlabs.com for Details 151
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dispersion Precompensation for Multiphoton Microscopes
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Improved
Contrast from Multiphoton Microscopes for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers Such as Thorlabs’ Tiberius, Octavius and Coherent’s Chameleon™ n Compact Footprint on Tabletop
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Designed
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
COMP6300
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
For Thorlabs’ Octavius Lasers
Lasers used for multiphoton imaging generate short, highintensity pulses. In order to be short in duration, the laser pulses contain a broad range of wavelengths of light. When a short pulse travels through an optical element, such as a scan lens, objective, or fluorescence emission filter, each wavelength travels at a different velocity, causing the pulse to broaden. This broadening, an effect of the group delay dispersion (GDD), is more severe for shorter starting pulses than longer ones (see the graph on the next page).
FSPC For Lasers with t > 50 fs
To counteract the broadening of the pulse, thereby minimizing the pulse length at the sample and maximizing image intensity, Thorlabs manufactures two kinds of dispersion precompensation units. The COMP6300 is designed for lasers with a pulse length shorter than 20 fs, like Thorlabs’ Octavius (see pages 141 - 143 for details). In contrast, the FSPC, which features tunable precompensation (see graph below), is designed for lasers with a pulse length longer than 50 fs, such as Thorlabs’ Tiberius (see pages 141 - 143 for details) and Coherent’s Chameleon™.
Shorter Laser Pulses Raise Contrast
Dispersion Compensation Range of FSPC 0 -5,000
GDD (fs2)
-10,000
Without Dispersion Compensation
With Dispersion Compensation
-15,000 -20,000 -25,000
The mouse intestine photos shown above were acquired with a multiphoton microscope using the OCTAVIUS-85M-HP 10 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser (see pages 141 - 143). ITEM #
700
750
800
850
900
950
Wavelength (nm)
COMP6300
FSPC
Compatible Lasers
Thorlabs’ OCTAVIUS-85M-HP (t < 10 fs)
Lasers with t > 50 fs
Wavelength Range
700 - 1000 nm
700 - 1050 nm
fs2
0 to -12,500 fs2 (Adjustable)
Dispersion Compensation at 800 nm Throughput Footprint on Tabletop
152
-30,000
-6300
(Fixed)
>80%
>75%
10.0" x 4.1" (25.4 cm x 10.5 cm)
9.7" x 4.3" (24.6 cm x 10.9 cm)
1000
1050
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dispersion Precompensation for Multiphoton Microscopes
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Pulse at Sample Has Lower Peak Intensity
Confocal Accessories
Pulse After Laser Time
Microscopy Stages
Time
Optical System
OCT Components
Long Wavelengths Arrive Before Short Wavelengths
Without Dispersion Compensation Group Delay Dispersion Reduces Peak Intensity
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Pulse After Laser Time
Time
Time Dispersion Precompensator
Short Wavelengths Ahead of Long Wavelengths
Pulse at Sample Has High Peak Intensity
Optical System
With Dispersion Compensation
• 1000 fs2 is the GDD difference the researcher can introduce by changing objectives. Different objectives may have different glass types or glass thicknesses. • 6300 fs2 is the exact GDD compensated by the COMP6300 at 800 nm. A 100 fs pulse in an optical system with this much dispersion will double in length.
Pulse at Sample for Various Dispersions 1000
1000 fs2 6300 fs2
800
Output Pulse (fs)
GDD affects short pulses (<50 fs) significantly more than it affects longer pulses (>100 fs), so precompensation may not always be necessary. The graph to the right shows the calculated length of an 800 nm pulse after propagation through several model optical systems.
12,500 fs2 20,000 fs2
600
400
200
0
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
Input Pulse (fs)
• 12,500 fs2 is the maximum GDD compensated by the FSPC at 800 nm. A 100 fs pulse in an optical system with this much dispersion will broaden by almost a factor of 4. • 20,000 fs2 of GDD corresponds to nearly 400 mm of N-BK7 glass, and is shown here for reference.
ITEM # COMP6300
$
PRICE 11,500.00
FSPC
$
9,500.00
DESCRIPTION Dispersion Precompensator for Octavius Lasers (t < 20 fs) Dispersion Precompensator for Lasers with t > 50 fs
153
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Laser Scanning Essentials Kit
Femtosecond Technologies
Electronic Control Unit
Multiphoton Subsystems
Included Components
Confocal Accessories
n Galvo-Resonant
Scan Head and Tube Lenses n 2-Channel Electronic Control Unit n Computer with 24" Monitor n ThorImageLS™ Software n Scan
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
ThorImageLS™ Software with Computer
FLIM Source
Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit helps customers build their own instruments for laser scanning microscopy. Consisting of a galvo-resonant scan head and paired scan and tube lenses in a single, preassembled enclosure, it incorporates many of the same technologies and components used by our complete multiphoton and confocal microscopy systems. Schematic Diagram and Beam Path of Laser Scanning Essentials Kit
Scan Head Resonant Scanner Galvo Scanner
Beam Path Scan Lens Intermediate Image Plane
Tube Lens
154
Galvo-Resonant Scan Head with Scan and Tube Lenses
Our internally developed resonant scanner offers image scan rates up to 400 frames per second (512 x 32 pixel). Once a laser, photodetectors, and suitable objective are added, the resulting system is ready to perform laser scanning experiments.
Features n Core
Components of a Laser Scanning Microscopy System for Users Interested in Building Their Own Microscopes n Galvo-Resonant Scan Head for Acquiring Images at up to 400 fps n Compact, Versatile Design can Accommodate Large Specimens and Apparatuses n Two Versions Offered • 400 - 750 nm • 650 - 1050 nm n Fully Supported with 2 Data Acquisition Software Options • ThorImageLS, Developed and Written by Thorlabs • Open-Source ScanImage 4.x and 5.x
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Laser Scanning Essentials Kit For experiments from 400 – 750 nm, choose our LSKIT-VIS Essentials Kit. Its wavelength range is ideal for photoactivation, uncaging, and optogenetics. For experiments from 650 – 1050 nm, pick the LSKIT-IR Essentials Kit, which helps you take advantage of the ever-evolving spectrum of NIR fluorescent proteins. The paired scan and tube lenses included with our essentials kits enable efficient fluorophore excitation and are ideally matched components of an infinity-corrected optical system.
ITEM # Excitation Wavelength Range Max Field Numbera
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Kits include ThorImageLS™ user software for highspeed acquisition and control (see pages 66 - 69 for details).
LSKIT-VIS
LSKIT-IR
400 – 750 nm
650 – 1050 nm
F.N. 25 (486 - 750 nm) F.N. (400 - 700 nm)
F.N. 16
Scan Speed
30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels 400 fps @ 512 x 32 Pixels 2 fps @ 4096 x 4096 Pixels
Scan Mode
Square, Rectangle, and Line
Scan Zoom
1X - 36X (Approximate)
Included Scan and Tube Lens
CLS-SL Scan Lens (See Page 225) ITL200 Tube Lens (See Page 225)
Optical Filters FLIM Source
Confocal Microscopy System • Convert Research-Grade Upright and Inverted Microscopes into a Confocal Imaging System
Up to 2048 x 2048 Pixels (Bi-Directional) Up to 4096 x 4096 Pixels (UniDirectional)
Scan Resolution
Objective Lenses
Have you seen our...
X: 8 kHz Resonant Scanner Y: Galvanometric Scan Mirror
Scanner
OCT Components
MPM-SL Scan and Tube Lens Combination (See Page 225)
• Compact, Modular Design that is Adapted to Your Lab and can be Installed by Thorlabs’ Team of Service Engineers
a The
Field of View (FOV) is given in terms of the field number (FN), which is the diameter of the image formed at the intermediate image plane. FN = FOV*Magnification
ITEM # LSKIT-VIS
PRICE $ 52,000.00
DESCRIPTION Visible Laser Scanning Essentials Kit, 400 - 750 nm
LSKIT-IR
$ 55,500.00
IR Laser Scanning Essentials Kit, 650 - 1050 nm
Building Your Laser Scanning System Thorlabs offers all of the components needed for your custom-built laser scanning system. Start with our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit and add photomultiplier tube (PMT) modules, lasers, and a confocal pinhole wheel from our Confocal Accessories. To further customize your system, Thorlabs also offers microscope objectives, optogenetics accessories, and more.
Popular Add-Ons PMT Modules Confocal Pinhole Wheel
Pages 156 - 159 160
Benchtop Laser Source
164 - 167
Microscope Objectives
222 - 225
Optogenetics Accessories
328 - 351
Visit www.thorlabs.com for our full selection of Optics and Optomechanical Components
See Pages 54 - 65 155
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Photomultiplier Modules
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n F or
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
PMTSS2
OCT Components
(Lens Tube and Fiber Collimator Sold Separately)
Objective Lenses
Thorlabs’ Photomultiplier Tube (PMT) Modules are designed for easy integration of PMT detection into imaging systems such as our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit (see pages 154 - 155). The PMTs are available in several formats including a 2-channel PMT module and a 1-channel add on module. We also offer standard and amplified PMTs that are not integrated into a mount.
Optical Filters FLIM Source
Customers Building Their Own Multiphoton Microscope or Confocal Fluorescence System n U se as Detectors for Laser Scanning Essentials Kits (See Pages 154 - 155 for Details) n Expandable to up to 8 Channels n Included with Two-Channel Module • Two Multi-Alkali PMTs • Removable Fluorescence Filter Cube • SMA Fiber Adapter for Attaching Multimode Fiber Patch Cables n Broadband Spectral Response: 185 – 900 nm
The PMTSS2 Two-Channel PMT Module consists of two multialkali standard-sensitivity PMTs, a DFMT1 filter cube insert (see pages 242 - 243 for more details), and a base. The two multi-alkali PMTs incorporated into this module offer high detection efficiency with broad spectral response from 185 to 900 nm.
5.54" 5.79" (147.1 mm) (140.8 mm)
PMT
The base of the module is equipped with a DMFT filter cube block and slots for attachment to an imperial or metric optical table or breadboard. The input port of the filter block features SM1 (1.035"-40) threading, which is directly compatible with a wide array of Thorlabs’ SM1 lens tubes and fiber collimation adapters. ITEM #
PMTSS
PMTSS2
PMTSS2-SCM
DFMT1 Filter Cube
PMT
PMTSS2
450 nm
Radiant Sensitivitya Dark Current (Analog Mode)
2.0 nA (Typical); 10 nA (Max) 107 (Max)
Quantum Efficiency
3.7 mm x 13 mm (0.15" x 0.51")
Gain Control
10 µA (Max) 11.5 to 15.5 V
15 V
Variable Gain Control Input Voltage 0.25 – 1.0 V
Amplifier Amplified
No
Yes
Bandwidth
N/A
60 MHz
Quantum Efficiency (%)
100
Electrical Output Signal Current
PMTSS
PMTSS2
1.4 ns
Gain
Input Voltage
1.14" SM1 mm) (1.035"-40) (29.0 Internal Thread 7.35" 5.54" (186.6 (140.8mm) mm)
105 mA/W
Rise Timeb Active Area (W x H)
PMT
Module Base DFMT1 Filter Cube
185 – 900 nm
Peak l Sensitivity
Module Base SM1 (1.035"-40) Internal Thread
5.54" 5.79" (140.8 mm) (147.1 mm) 2.26" (57.3 mm)
PMTSS-A
Multi-Alkali
Spectral Response
SM1 (1.035"-40) Internal Thread 5.54" (140.8 mm)
Optical Detector Type
Module Base
PMT
Multiphoton Subsystems
10 1 0.1
General Storage Temperature Operating Temperature aRadiant
156
-20 to 50 °C 15 to 40 °C
Sensitivity Measured @ 450 nm bRise Time Measured at Maximum Gain Setting
5 to 50 °C
0.01 100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Wavelength (nm)
800
900 1000
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Photomultiplier Modules BNC Output
Internal C Mount Thread
Femtosecond Technologies
0.346"* (8.8 mm)
2.50" 1.52" (63.5 mm) (38.7 mm)
Detector Element
Power and Gain Control Voltage Input
0.63" (15.9 mm)
4.45" (113.1 mm)
*Distance from the Front of the PMTSS to the Detector Element
PMTSS
Single-Channel Add-On Module
The PMTs are pre-aligned for use with the included filter cube insert, which enables easy exchange of dichroic mirror/emission filter sets. With the purchase of additional single-channel add-on modules (PMTSS2-SCM), the two-channel PMT modules can be expanded to as many as 8 detection channels. These PMT Modules are featured in our Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy Systems described on pages 54 - 65. For those interested in purchasing the PMTs alone, we offer the PMTSS and PMTSS-A, which are standard and amplified multialkali PMT detectors, respectively, without the filter block and base. The detectors have a C-mount internal thread that enables direct compatibility with common microscope ports.
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
1.25" (31.8 mm)
5.14" (130.6 mm)
PMTSS2-SCM
Multiphoton Subsystems
OCT Components Objective Lenses
PMTSS-APS SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Power Input
+15 V/1 A
Power Output
Optical Filters
+15 V/1 A
Auxiliary Control Input (BNC)
0 - 10 V DC
Control Output Voltage
0.25 - 1.2 V DC
Control Voltage Ripple
<4 mV RMS (1 MHz)
Control Voltage Noise (<10 kHz)
FLIM Source
<±1 mV Peak
General Dimensions
3.4" x 3" x 2.35" (88.5 mm x 76.2 mm x 59.8 mm)
Operating Temperature
5 to 55 °C
Storage Temperature
The PMTSS-A amplified photomultiplier tube (PMT) module combines the standard multialkali PMT used in our PMTSS and a pre-amp in the same package. The built-in amplifier has a bandwidth of up to 60 MHz and a gain stage that can be directly inputted into a 50 Ω oscilloscope or DAQ channel.
-40 to 55 °C
PMTSS-APS Amplified PMT Driver and Gain Controller
The PMT detectors include a power cable for wiring to a user-supplied +15 V power supply and 0.25 – 1 V variable gain control. Detector output is supplied via BNC connector.
Amplified PMTSS-A Power Supply and Controller The PMTSS-APS is an integrated power supply and controller designed to drive the PMTSS-A amplified PMT module. The power supply accepts a 15 V/1 A input that is used to drive the PMTSS-A. A built-in low-noise control voltage supply supports manual gain control of the PMT using the rotary knob on the top of the PMTSS-APS housing. An on/off switch allows the user to power down the PMT while saving the current setpoint. Alternatively, a 0 – 10 V control voltage can be input via a BNC connector for automated control of the PMT gain. A display on the top of the box shows the output voltage to the PMT.
PMTSS-A Single-Channel PMT Module
ITEM # PMTSS2
$
PRICE 6,250.00
DESCRIPTION Dual-Channel PMT Module, Standard Sensitivity
PMTSS2-SCM
$
3,200.00
Single-Channel Add-On Module, Standard Sensitivity
PMTSS
$
2,300.00
Single-Channel PMT Module, Standard Sensitivity
PMTSS-A
$
3,017.44
PMTSS-APS
$
900.00
Amplified PMT Module Power Supply and Voltage Controller for PMTSS-A
157
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
High-Sensitivity Photomultiplier Modules
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n H igh-Sensitivity
PMTs Efficiency n D etect Low Signals from Weak Fluorescing or Photosensitive Samples n C ooled or Compact Non-Cooled Options Available n T ransimpedance Preamplifier • Included with PMT2000 • Built Into PMT2100 Housing • Available Separately as TIA60
Multiphoton Subsystems
n High Quantum
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
PMT2000 Cooled, High-Sensitivity PMT Module (Includes TIA60 Amplifier and Power Supply)
ITEM #
PMT2000
PMT2100
Optical Detector Type
GaAsP
Spectral Response
300 - 720 nm
Peak l Sensitivity
580 nm
Radiant Sensitivity
1.8 x 105 A/W 100 s-1 (Typical) 300 s-1 (Max) 40% @ 580 nm
Dark Counta
PMT2100
Quantum Efficiency
Compact, HighSensitivity PMT Module with Built-In Amplifier
Rise Timeb Ripple Noise (Peak to Peak)b,c Settling Timed
1.00 ns 0.6 mV (Max) 0.2 s
Active Area
Ø5 mm
Electrical
The PMT2000 is a cooled PMT module with an external TIA60 transimpedance amplifier attached to the side of the unit. The PMT itself measures 4.59" x 1.42" x 2.20", while the entire unit with the TIA60 attached is 4.59" x 2.20" x 3.26".
Input Voltage
2.6 V (Max)
Output Current Signal
2 µA (Max)
Control Voltagee Recommended Control Voltage Range General
0.9 V (Max)
Dimensions (L x W x H)
+0.5V to +0.8V
4.59" x 2.20" x 3.26" 3.23" x 1.35" x 1.95" (116.7 mm x 55.9 mm x 82.8 mm) (82.1 mm x 34.3 mm x 49.5 mm)
Operating Temperature
5 to 35 °C
Storage Temperature
-20 to 50 °C
a Control
voltage of 0.8 V, PMT setting temperature of 0 °C, and used with heatsink fan. 20 minutes of storage in darkness. Plateau voltage, PMT setting temperature 0 °C, and used with heatsink fan. c Load resistance of 1 MΩ and a load capacitance of 22 pF. d The time required for the output to reach a stable level following a change in the control voltage from 1.0 V to 0.5 V. e Input Impedance of 100 kΩ b After
We also offer a compact PMT module (PMT2100) that has a built-in amplifier. While this PMT module is non-cooled, its dimensions are only 3.23" x 1.35" x 1.95", which make it ideal for applications where space is limited. To prevent damage to the PMT, each module features an automatic shut off that is triggered when the detected signal exceeds a safe value. Each unit includes an amplifier and a power supply that can be integrated into the electronic control unit of a home-built confocal or multiphoton imaging system. 158
11.5 V to 15.5 V
Input Voltage for Thermoelectric Cooler
High-Sensitivity PMT Quantum Efficiency 100
Quantum Efficiency (%)
Thorlabs offers two High-Sensitivity GaAsP photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) that are useful for imaging weak fluorescing samples.
10 1 0.1 0.01 200
300
400
500
600
Wavelength (nm)
700
800
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
High-Sensitivity Photomultiplier Modules
Femtosecond Technologies
TIA60 SPECIFICATIONS Two PMT2000 High-Sensitivity GaAsP PMT AC Performance Modules Integrated with the CLDS-2HS High- Bandwidtha,b Sensitivity Detection Module for use with Pulse Response Rise/Fall Time Thorlabs’ Confocal System (10% to 90%)
60 MHz 5.5 ns
Pulse Response Settling Time (3%, 0.5 V Output)
16 ns
Transfer Characteristics Min: 29,000 V/A Typical: 30,000 V/A Max: 32,000 V/A
Transimpedancec
Total (Combined Stages, DC) Transresistance (Input Stage Z-Amp, DC)
6.04 kΩ
Input
These PMTs can serve as add-on or replacement PMT modules for our Confocal System (see pages 54 - 65) or can be integrated with our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit (see pages 154 - 155). The units can be controlled using our ThorImageLS software (see pages 66 - 68 for software details) by connecting the power supply to the electronic control unit of the Confocal System or Laser Scanning Essentials Kit. Please note that these PMTs are not designed to be backwards-compatible with older Thorlabs imaging systems. Contact us at ImagingSales@ thorlabs.com to determine if extra components are needed for compatibility with your imaging system.
Linear Input Range
±50 µA (Max)
Maximum Input (+0 V Output Bias)
±100 µA (Max)
Maximum Input (Unipolar, +1.4 V Bias)
±500 µA (Max)
DC Input Impedance
33 Ω
Input Reference
0V
Input Current Noisea (@ 1 MHz, Cin = 4 pF)
4.8 pA/√Hz
Total Input RMS Noisea (DC to 60 MHz)
50 nA
DC Bias (50 Ω Load)
-0.15 V DC (Min) 0 V DC (Typical) +1.5 V DC (Max)
Output Range (50 Ω Load)
-1.5 V to + 1.5 V
Impedance (DC to 60 MHz)
50 Ω
Return Loss (DC to 60 MHz)
15 dB (Min)
The TIA60 Transimpedance Amplifier is included with the PMT2000 module, where it is mounted to the PMT housing, or it can be purchased separately. It is designed to amplify the output signal from a PMT, a PIN or APD photodiode, or another signal that requires transimpedance amplification. It features wide bandwidth from DC to 60 MHz and low noise of 4.8 pA/√Hz at 1 MHz operation.
DC Performance
$
PRICE 6,750.00
PMT2100
$
6,200.00
TIA60
$
950.00
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Output
Slew Rate
ITEM # PMT2000
Confocal Accessories
Noise
Transimpedance Amplifier
The housing is designed to be mounted close to the detector in order to reduce the noise coupled into the low level signal between the detector and the amplifier. It is compatible with our PMTSS photomultiplier modules (except for the PMTSS-A, which already has a built in amplifier) and Hamamatsu H7422 series PMTs.
Multiphoton Subsystems
625 V/µs
Offset Voltage Drift (Average at Output)
±103 µV/°C
General Dimensions Operating Temperature
3.78" x 1" x 2.20" (95.9 mm x 25.4 mm x 55.9 mm) 5 to 55 °C
Storage Temperature
-40 to 55 °C
a Bandwidth
and equivalent input noise current are typical values, which depend on the source capacitance. Keep the source capacitance as low as possible by using short cables at the input to achieve best possible bandwidth and noise performance. b-3 dB bandwidth measured with C = 4 pF and a 2" RG174 coaxial cable. in c Positive Gain: Current is considered positive flowing into the amplifier input and produces a resulting positive output voltage.
TIA60 Transimpedance Amplifier
DESCRIPTION High-Sensitivity GaAsP PMT Module, Cooled, TIA60 Included High-Sensitivity, Compact PMT Module with Built-In TIA60 Amplifier Transimpedance Amplifier
159
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Motorized Pinhole Wheel for Confocal Imaging
Femtosecond Technologies
Features
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
n I ncluded
in all Thorlabs Confocal Microscopy Systems n 1 6 Pinholes: Ø25 µm to Ø2 mm n E nables Quick and Repeatable Pinhole Positioning n E liminates Need for Realignment
n S MA
Fiber Connector for Coupling to PMT/APD Detector n H igh-Precision Encoded Motor n 3 0 mm Cage System Compatible
MPH16
Thorlabs’ MPH16 Motorized Pinhole Wheel enables automated and repeatable positioning of pinholes for applications such as confocal laser scanning microscopy. It is compromised of a chrome-plated glass disk with 16 round pinholes ranging in size from Ø25 µm to Ø2 mm. The disk is manufactured using standard photolithography techniques and is AR coated to further increase the throughput of the system.
Pinhole Diameters • 25 µm • 30 µm • 35 µm • 40 µm • 45 µm • 50 µm • 60 µm • 70 µm
• 80 µm • 90 µm • 100 µm • 125 µm • 200 µm • 300 µm • 1 mm • 2 mm
When imaging with a confocal microscope, it is important to optimize the size of the pinhole for the experimental conditions. The pinhole size should be optimized relative to the numerical aperture (NA) of the objective in order to maximize signal to noise; for samples that produce little light outside of the focal plane, a larger pinhole can help improve throughput. With this in mind, the pinhole sizes in the motorized pinhole wheel were selected to complement common objective NAs and provide a maximum diameter of 2 mm for flexibility. A high-precision, optically encoded motor provides repeatable selection between pinholes without the need for realignment. The detection end has an SMA fiber input for efficient collection of the spatially filtered light. A dovetail adapter plate is also included, which provides compatibility with Thorlabs’ 30 mm cage system.
Have you seen our...
Motorized Microscopy Stages MLS203-1 XY Scanning Stage
For More Details, See Pages 168 – 177 160
The motorized pinhole wheel is integrated with Thorlabs’ Confocal System (see pages 54 – 65) and shown here installed on a Cerna Microscope (see pages 36 - 49).
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Motorized Pinhole Wheel for Confocal Imaging
Femtosecond Technologies
Broadband AR Coating: 350 - 700 nm 1.0
Multiphoton Subsystems
Reflectance (%)
0.8
Pinhole Wheel Mounted to Thorlabs’ Confocal System Scan Head (See Pages 54 - 65 for Details)
0.6
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
0.4
0.2
OCT Components
0.0
Objective Lenses 350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Optical Filters
Wavelength (nm)
Pinhole Wheel Coating: 350 – 700 nm
1.31" (33.3 mm)
FLIM Source
3.34" (84.7 mm)
1.30" (33.0 mm)
1.99" (50.4 mm)
1.30" (33.0 mm)
3.34" (84.7 mm)
2.60" (66.0 mm)
MPH16
1.99" (50.4 mm)
SMA
POWER 24 V DC 1.50 A
3.73" (94.8 mm)
ITEM # MPH16
$
PRICE 2,200.00
DESCRIPTION 16-Position Motorized Pinhole Wheel
Have you seen our …
Laser Scanning Essentials Kit Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit is designed to help customers build their own laser scanning microscopy system. The kit includes a galvo-resonant scan head complete with scan and tube lenses, a 2-channel electronic control unit, and a computer with the ThorImageLS™ control software installed. Systems are available that have been optimized for one of two wavelength ranges: 400 - 750 nm or 650 - 1050 nm.
For More Details, See Pages 154 - 155 161
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Motorized Microscope Focus Controller
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Incremental Step: 100 nm (for 100 µm/rev Microscope Fine Focus Knob) n USB Controlled n Encoded Stepper Motor Drive n Controlled Through ThorImageLS™ Software
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
MFC1
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Posts, Post Holders, and CL5 Clamps Included MFC1 Focus Controller Installed with Thorlabs’ Confocal Microscopy System (See Pages 54 – 65) on a Nikon Ti-U Inverted Microscope
The MFC1 Motorized Microscope Focus Controller is a compact module enabling motorized focus control of commercial microscopes such as the Upright Nikon Eclipse FN1. An encoded stepper motor drive ensures repeatable positioning through the fine focus drive of the microscope and provides positional information, even if the fine adjustment is done manually. The motor is capable of adjusting the fine focus continuously across the microscope’s entire adjustment range by engaging the microscope’s fine focus knob. A USB port allows the unit to be controlled with our ThorImageLS™ software (see pages 66 - 69), providing control of the motor through either a text box entry or a slider adjustment.
Installation is easy: simply remove the backing on the tape, center the motor over the fine focus knob, and press the motor onto the knob. 1/4" (M6) slots in the base can be used to attach the unit to an optical table. The motor’s height is adjustable by loosening the cap screws on the sides of the motor using a 3 mm hex key and sliding the unit up or down along the posts. Four CL5 clamps are included to aid in securing the microscope and to keep it from moving once the MFC1 is attached. ITEM # MFC1
$
PRICE 1,850.00
DESCRIPTION Motorized Microscope Focus Controller
Have you seen our...
Microscope Objectives RMS4X 4X Olympus Plan Achromat Objective
N100X-PFO 100X Nikon Oil Immersion Objective
162
Thorlabs offers both air and oil immersion designs of Olympus and Nikon visible imaging objectives. Plan achromat and plan fluorite (also called plan semi-apochromat or plan fluor) objectives are available. These objectives can be used in applications such as traditional microscopy, confocal imaging, and fiber coupling.
See Pages 222 - 225 for Details
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
RGB Combiner: 488, 535, and 640 nm Features Mode Fiber Combiner: 488 nm, 535 nm, and 640 nm Light n T hree FC/PC Input Bulkhead Connectors with 2.2 mm Wide Keys n 1 m of Single Mode Fiber Output with FC/PC Connector and 2 mm Narrow Key
Femtosecond Technologies
n S ingle
Multiphoton Subsystems
Other Wavelength Combinations Available
R: 640 nm G: 535 nm B: 488 nm
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
SPECIFICATIONS Input Wavelengths Bandwidth Insertion Loss
3.6 dB
Polarization-Dependent Loss
< 0.2 dB (Max)
Damage Thresholda
500 mW (CW)
Storage Temperature
0 to 60 ºC -40 to 85 ºC
Output Fiber Type Output Fiber Length Output Fiber Connector Fiber Inputs aFor
FLIM Source
±5 nm (At Each Input Wavelength) (Max)a
Operating Temperature
RGB combiners are often used to illuminate multiple fluorophores in confocal microscopy. The RGB1-FC combiner featured here has FC/PC inputs for red (640 ± 5 nm), green (535 ± 5 nm), and blue (488 ± 5 nm) lasers and couples the combined output into a Ø3 mm jacketed single mode fiber.
488 nm, 535 nm, and 640 nm
460HP 1 m ± 10% FC/PC, 2.0 mm Narrow Key FC/PC, 2.2 mm Wide Key
each leg
For other wavelength combinations and connector options, please contact your local Thorlabs Technical Support team. Fiber Specifications (See Thorlabs’ Website for More Information) FIBER TYPE
MODE FIELD DIAMETER
CLADDING
COATING
CUTOFF WAVELENGTH
3.5 ± 0.5 µm (@ 515 nm)
Ø125 ± 1.5 µm
Ø245 ± 15 µm
430 ± 20 nm
460HP
0.60" (15.2 mm)
5.25" (133.4 mm) FC/PC Narrow Key Output
0.85" (21.6 mm) 1.85" (47.0 mm) 2.85" (72.4 mm)
$
PRICE 2,500.00
4-Channel Fiber-Coupled Laser Source
MCLS1
3.75" (95.3 mm)
See Pages 164 - 165
1 m ±10%
FC/PC Wide Key Bulkhead Input (3 Places) ITEM # RGB1-FC
Have you seen our...
DESCRIPTION 3-Channel (RGB) Visible Laser Combiner
163
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source
Femtosecond Technologies
Features Four n
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
LASER RADIATION
MCLS1
AVOID EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
400 - 1550 nm Pulse
<100 mW
Laser Output Channels with FC/PC Connectors 7 Available Source Wavelengths Ideal n for Life Science Applications Independent Temperature Control Leads n to High Temperature Stability n Low Noise Output n USB Interface n Low-Profile Package
Thorlabs’ 4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled, Customizable Laser Source consists of four independently controlled fiber-pigtailed laser diodes. Although 32 laser diodes with different power/wavelength combinations are currently available on our website, the seven options featured here are ideal for use in the life sciences. The four laser output channels feature FC/PC connectors as well as a green LED indicator to easily determine which light source(s) is activated. Each unit is shipped with a power cord, USB cord, and manual. Each laser diode is operated from an independent, high-precision, low-noise, constant-current source and temperature control unit. An intuitive LCD interface allows the user to view and set the laser current and temperature control independently for each laser. The display indicates the channel number selected, the output wavelength of the source, the operating power calculated from the laser diode monitor diode, and the actual temperature to which the laser is set. This device includes a microcontroller to fully control the laser’s optical power, its temperature, and to monitor the system for fault conditions. The laser source includes a USB connection that allows remote adjustment of power, temperature, and enabling. On the rear panel, analog inputs are available to modulate the lasers with an external signal. To prevent damage, the SPECIFICATIONS microcontroller will disable Fiber Ports the output if the analog input Display plus the internal set point Input Power Connection Modulation Input Connector exceeds the laser limits. Interlock
164
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Display Power Accuracy
±10%
Current Set Point Resolution
0.01 mA
Temperature Adjust Range
20.00 to 30.00 °C
Temperature Set Point Resolution Noise
±0.01 °C <0.5% Typical (Source Dependent)
Rise/Fall Time Modulation Input Modulation Bandwidth
<5 µs 0 - 5 V = 0 - Full Power 80 kHz Full Depth of Modulation
FC/PC LCD, 16 x 2 Alphanumeric Characters IEC Connector BNC (Referenced to Chassis) 2.5 mm Mono Phono Jack
Available Wavelengths:* • 405 nm • 473 nm • 488 nm • 520 nm • 638 nm • 642 nm • 660 nm
Communications
*Additional Wavelengths Available Online
Operating Temperature
15 to 35 °C
Storage Temperature
0 to 50 °C
Communications Port COM Connection USB Cable Included
USB 2.0 USB Type B Connector 2 m USB Type A to Type B Cable (Replacement Part Number USB-A-79)
General AC Input Input Power Fuse Fuse Size Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight
100 - 240 VAC, 50 - 60 Hz 35 VA (Max) 250 mA [IEC60127 - 2/III, (250 V, Slow Blow Type ‘T’)] 5 mm x 20 mm 12.6" x 2.5" x 10.6" (320 mm x 64 mm x 269 mm) 8.5 lbs (3.9 kg)
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source The table below lists the seven laser diodes with wavelength/ power combinations ideal for the life sciences. Choose up to four laser diodes and add the individual cost of each source to the MCLS1 base unit price. Additional wavelength options are available on our website.
Femtosecond Technologies
MCLS1 with fiber-pigtailed laser diodes providing output at 405 nm, 520 nm, 642 nm, and 660 nm costs: $3,600.00 + $1,390.00 + $875.00 + $650.00 + $336.00 = $6,851.00. EXAMPLE
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
Wavelength Options (Choose Four) MINIMUM ITEM #
λ
Microscopy Stages
TYPICAL LASER POWER POWER TYPE FIBERa PRICE
MCLS1-405-30
405 nm
24 mW
28 mW
Fabry-Perot
S405-HP
$
1,390.00
MCLS1-473-20
473 nm
15 mW
20 mW
Fabry-Perot
460HP
$
5,200.00
MCLS1-488
488 nm
18 mW
22 mW
Fabry-Perot
460HP
$
4,800.00
MCLS1-520
520 nm
8.0 mW
10.0 mW
Fabry-Perot
460HP
$
875.00
MCLS1-638
638 nm
10 mW
15 mW
Fabry-Perot
SM600
$
460.00
MCLS1-642
642 nm
15 mW
20 mW
Fabry-Perot
SM600
$
650.00
MCLS1-660
660 nm
15 mW
17 mW
Fabry-Perot
SM600
$
336.00
aThis
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
fiber is incorporated in the unit behind each bulkhead.
FLIM Source
MCLS1 Laser Source ITEM # MCLS1 aPrice
$
PRICEa DESCRIPTION 3,600.00 4-Channel Laser Source, TEC Stabilized, USB, Controller Only
listed is for base system, excluding sources. The unit must be purchased with at least one pigtail installed. If you leave a channel blank, the laser will be shipped without a pigtail in that channel.
Single Mode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources Features Output n
Wavelength: 405, 635, or 660 nm Single Mode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Low Noise, Stable Output n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to Full Power) n ITEM #
S1FC635
Wavelength
S1FC405
S1FC635
S1FC660
Min
395 nm
625 nm
645 nm
Typical
405 nm
635 nm
660 nm
Max
415 nm 8.0 mW (Min)
640 nm 2.5 mW (Min)
15.0 mW (Min)
FC/PC Connector Full Output Power
These Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources conveniently package a 405 nm, 635 nm, or 660 nm pigtailed Fabry-Perot laser diode and current controller into a single benchtop unit. The laser diode is pigtailed to a single mode fiber that is terminated at an FC/PC bulkhead (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) attached to the front panel of the unit. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power.
Fiber Mode Field Diametera Numerical Aperture Stability
S405-HP
SM600
2.9 µm @ 405 nm
4.3 - 4.6 µm
0.12
0.10 - 0.14
15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: ±0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-up at 25 ±10 ºC Ambient)
Display Accuracy
±10%
Set Point Resolution
0.01 mW
Adjustment Range
~0 mW to Full Power
Operating Temperature
15 to 35 ºC
Storage Temperature
0 to 50 ºC
Output Fiber Connector aThe
665 nm
FC/PC, Wide 2.1 mm Key Compatible
mode field diameter is specified as a nominal value.
The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. ITEM # S1FC405
$
PRICE 1,583.04
S1FC635
$
1,331.10
FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 635 nm, 2.5 mW, Class 3R, SM Fiber
S1FC660
$
1,449.20
FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 635 nm, 15.0 mW, Class 3B, SM Fiber
Additional Wavelengths Available on Our Website
DESCRIPTION FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 405 nm, 8.0 mW, Class 3B, SM Fiber
165
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
TEC-Cooled, Single Mode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources
Femtosecond Technologies
These Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources feature an integrated TEC element that is used to stabilize the temperature of a Fabry-Perot laser diode, which in turn stabilizes the output power and wavelength of the laser diode for a given drive current. The laser diode is pigtailed to a single mode fiber that is terminated at an FC/PC bulkhead connector (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) on the front panel. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Additional Wavelengths Available on Our Website
Features n Output
Wavelength: 405, 473, or 488 nm n Single Mode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to Full Power) n Thermoelectric Temperature Stabilization n Low Noise, Highly Stable Output n Adjustable Temperature Set Point: 20 to 30 °C
The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. S3FC405 Actively Stabilized Power and Temperature
ITEM # Center Wavelength (Typical) Wavelength Rangea Output Power
S3FC405
S3FC473
405 nm
473 nm
488 nm
395 - 415 nm
468 - 478 nm
483 - 488 nm
6.0 mW (Max)
20 mW (Max)
20 mW (Max)
S405-HP Single Mode Fiber (Approximate Core Size: 2.9 µm)b
Fiber
S460-HP Single Mode Fiber (Approximate Core Size: 3.4 µm)c
15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: ±0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-up at 25 ± 10 ºC Ambient)
Stability Display Accuracy (mW)
±10 % of Actual
Set Point Resolution
0.01 mW
Adjustment Range
~0 mW to Full Power
TEC Specifications Stability
0.005 °C / 1 °C
Set Point Accuracy
±0.25 °C
Set Point Resolution
±0.1 °C
Adjustment Range
20 ± 1 °C to 30 ± 1 °C
Environmental Operating Temperature
15 to 35 °C
Storage Temperature
0 to 50 °C
AC Input
115/230 VAC (Switch Selectable) 50 - 60 Hz
Modulation Input
0 - 5 V = 0 - Full Power , DC or Sine Wave Input Only
Modulation Bandwidth
5 kHz Full Depth of Modulation; 30 kHz Small Signal Modulation
aThe center wavelength is a nominal value. The actual wavelength may vary. bThe Mode Field Diameter is 2.9 µm at 405 nm. This is a nominal, calculated value, estimated at the operating wavelength, using a typical NA and cutoff wavelength. cThe Mode Field Diameter is 3.4 µm at 515 nm. This is a nominal, calculated value, estimated at the operating wavelength, using a typical NA and cutoff wavelength.
166
S3FC488
ITEM # S3FC405
$
PRICE 1,950.00
DESCRIPTION FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 405 nm, 6 mW, Class 3B
S3FC473
$
7,635.92
FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 473 nm, 20 mW, Class 3B
S3FC488
$
7,981.50
FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 488 nm, 20 mW, Class 3B
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Multimode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Output
Wavelength: 473 nm n Multimode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Low Noise, Stable Output n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to 50 mW) S1FC473MM FC/PC Connector
This Fiber-Coupled Laser Source is ideal for many optogenetics applications. It includes a pigtailed Fabry-Perot laser diode and current controller in a single benchtop unit. The laser diode is pigtailed to a multimode fiber that is terminated at an FC/ PC bulkhead (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) attached to the front panel of the unit. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power. The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/ fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. ITEM # S1FC473MM
S1FC473MM
Wavelength
473 nm
Output Power*
50 mW (Max) 15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: 0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-Up at 25 ± 10 °C Ambient)
Display Accuracy
OCT Components
Optical Filters FLIM Source
0.1 mW ~0 mW to Full Power
Operating Temperature
15 to 35 °C
Storage Temperature
0 to 50 °C
Fiber
Microscopy Stages
±10%
Set Point Resolution Adjustment Range
Confocal Accessories
Objective Lenses
ITEM #
Stability
Multiphoton Subsystems
SFS105/125Y Multimode Fiber (Core Size: Ø105 µm)
*Output power ranges from 0 - 50 mW. Due to variations between laser diodes, maximum output power may be higher.
Front Panel
Back Panel
PRICE DESCRIPTION $ 6,910.00 FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source, 473 nm, Class 3B, Multimode Fiber
Have you seen our …
Laser Scanning Essentials Kit Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit is designed to help customers build their own laser scanning microscopy system. The kit includes a galvo-resonant scan head complete with scan and tube lenses, a 2-channel electronic control unit, and a computer with the ThorImageLS™ control software installed. Systems are available that have been optimized for one of two wavelength ranges: 400 - 750 nm or 650 - 1050 nm.
For More Details, See Pages 154 - 155 167
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
XY Microscopy Stage Systems MLS203-1 Stage Shown on an Inverted Olympus Microscope on a ScienceDesk™. MJC001 2-Axis Joystick is also shown. Other microscopes are supported as well.
Features n Compatible
with Select Upright and Inverted Microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss n Low-Profile, Compact Footprint n High-Speed Travel Up to 250 mm/s n Linear Optical Encoders n High Repeatability (0.25 µm) and Positional Accuracy (<3 µm) n Range of Sample Holders Available (See Pages 172 - 173) n Joystick Console for Remote Operation Available n Combine with our Z-Axis Piezo Stage for a Complete 3D Positioning System (See Pages 174 - 176)
Thorlabs’ Motorized XY Stage Systems have been designed as drop-in replacements for the manual stages on a variety of upright and inverted microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss to provide motorized positioning of microscopy samples. Each system consists of the MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY stage, the recommended BBD202 controller, a mounting bracket if necessary, an MJC001 Joystick Console, and any of our optional adapters for holding slides, Petri dishes, multiwell plates, and mounted metallurgical specimens. Please see the table on the following page for a full summary of microscope and component compatibility. Contact technical support concerning compatibility with other microscopes. Characterized by high-speed scanning capabilities and high positional accuracy, these stages are ideal for
manually or automatically positioning a wide range of specimens and samples in many types of microscopy or imaging techniques and applications. Very precise manual fine positioning and control at the cellular level is easily achieved through the combination of a stable closed-loop control system and an associated joystick option. In addition, the stages can be combined with our Z-Axis Piezo Stage (see pages 174 - 176) to form an XYZ stage ideally suited for laser scanning microscopy. SPECIFICATIONS Travel Speed Acceleration Bidirectional Repeatability Unidirectional Repeatability Horizontal Load Capacity (Max)
0.25 µm 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs) 0.1 µm 0.25 µm
Settling Time within 1 µm (600 g Load) Settling Time within 0.1 µm (600 g Load) Weight (Including Cables)
168
0.25 µm
Home Location Accuracy
Max Percentage Accuracy
MLS203-1
250 mm/s (Max) 2000 mm/s2 (Max)
Achievable Incremental Movement (Min) Absolute On-Axis Accuracy
Stage with MLS203P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder and Slide
110 mm x 75 mm (4.3" x 2.95")
<3 µm X-Axis: 0.0027% Y-Axis: 0.004% 0.1 s 0.6 s 3.2 kg (7.0 lbs)
Bearing Type
Precision Linear Bearing
Motor Type
Brushless DC Linear Motor
Dimensions (Mid Travel)
280.5 mm x 230.0 mm x 31.0 mm (11.04" x 9.05" x 1.22")
Recommended Controller
BBD202
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XY Microscopy Stage Systems Microscope Compatibility STAGE
MOUNTING BRACKET
Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L
MLS203-1
MLSA06
Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti
MLS203-1
MLSA03
Nikon Eclipse FN1
MLS203-1
MLSA07
Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 MLS203-1
MLSA08
Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81
MLS203-1
MLSA02
Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40
MLS203-2
None Needed
Optical Breadboard / Custom Configuration
MLS203-1
MLSA01
MICROSCOPEa
OPTIONAL SPECIMEN HOLDERS AND ACCESSORIES MLS203P1: Multiwell Plate Adapter
CONTROLLER
MLS203P2: Slide / Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes C4SH01: Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MLS203P3: Blank Adapter Plate BBD202
MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Tapped Breadboard Plate MLS203P4: M6-Tapped Breadboard Plate MLS203P9: Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes MLS203P11: Recessed Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes MJC001: 2-Axis Joystick Controller
aWe
support additional microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica with custom mounting brackets. Please contact Technical Support to inquire about bracket availability if your microscope model is not listed above.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Controller for XY Microscopy Stages With the latest digital and analog techniques and high-bandwidth, high-power servo control circuitry, the BBD202 Dual-Channel Benchtop DC Servo Controller is designed to drive the MLS203 series of stages and allows users to gain the full benefit of the motors used in these stages. Ideal for motion control applications demanding operation at high speeds (hundreds of mm/s) and high encoder resolution (<100 nm), this controller provides user-configurable, S-curve acceleration/ deceleration profiles that enable fast, smooth positioning without vibration or shock to delicate biological samples under investigation.
FLIM Source
BBD202
Dual-Channel Controller
Specifications n Drive
Connector: 8-Pin DIN, Round, Female n Feedback Connector: 15-Pin D-Type n AUX Connector: 15-Pin D-Type n Continuous Drive Output: 5 A n PWM Frequency: 40 kHz n Operating Modes: Position and Velocity n Control Algorithm: 16-Bit Digital PID Servo Loop with Velocity and Acceleration Feed Forward n Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal or S-Curve n Position Count: 32 Bit
n Position
Feedback: Incremental Encoder n Encoder Bandwidth: 2.5 MHz, 10 M Counts/s n Encoder Power Supply: 5 V n Input Power Requirements: • Voltage: 100 – 240 VAC • Power: 250 VA • Fuse: 3.15 A • Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz n Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 240 mm x 337.9 mm x 124.8 mm (9.5" x 13.3" x 4.9") n Weight: 6.1 kg (13.42 lbs)
Rear Panel of BBD202 Controller
169
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XY Microscopy Stage Systems
Femtosecond Technologies
This controller is equipped with Thorlabs’ standard aptTM control and programming interface, enabling easy integration into automated motion control applications. For greater flexibility, communication with a PC is supported using either a USB or RS232 serial interface. USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC operation. Additionally, an included, fully documented software development kit (SDK) supports all major development languages running on Windows and comes in the form of ActiveX libraries or a conventional dynamic link library (DLL).
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
The BBD202 controller for our MLS203 XY stage is also compatible with the Meta Imaging Series Software from Molecular Devices. The Meta Series includes MetaMorph NX, MetaMorph, MetaFluor, and MetaVue.
A Live View of the Sample
User Interface from apt™ Software
Absolute Position Window (Stage Movements Defined by Relative Position and a Scan Setting are Also Possible)
2-Axis Joystick Console for XY Microscopy Stages Thorlabs’ MJC001 Joystick Console is designed for microscope users and enables intuitive, tactile, manual positioning of a stage. This highly reliable, Hall effect joystick features XY control, a speed adjustment for fast or high-precision movement, and a high-quality, anodized aluminum casing.
Close Up of the MJC001 Joystick Top Panel
Features n Speed
MJC001 Joystick
170
Adjustment for Fast or High Precision Moves n Speed Dial for Sensitivity Adjustment n Ergonomic Design n High-Quality Machined Anodized Aluminum Casing n High-Reliability Hall Effect Joystick
Imaging Components
XY Microscopy Stage Systems Mounting Brackets/Adapters for MLS203 Stages These mounting brackets and adapters allow the MLS203-1 XY Microscopy Stage to be mounted to various upright and inverted microscopes from Nikon and Olympus or to a breadboard for use with a custombuilt microscope. Please refer to the table below for specific information on compatibility.
MICROSCOPE TYPE Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81
UPRIGHT/ INVERTED
MOUNTING BRACKET
Inverted
MLSA02
Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61
Upright
MLSA08
Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti
Inverted
MLSA03
Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L
Upright
MLSA06
Nikon Eclipse FN1
Upright
MLSA07
N/A
MLSA01
Custom-Built on Breadboard
MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.
OCT Components Objective Lenses
MLSA01
Breadboard Mounting Brackets (31.5 mm Height)
Optical Filters FLIM Source
MLS203 Stage Shown with MLSA01 Mounting Bracket
MLSA02
MLSA03
XY Microscopy Stage System for Zeiss Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-2
PRICE $ 6,799.00
DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Zeiss Microscopes (Controller Not Included)
BBD202
$ 2,959.28
2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller
MJC001
$
995.00
MLSA06
2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console
XY Microscopy Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-1
PRICE $ 6,799.00
DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (Controller Not Included)
BBD202
$ 2,959.28
2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller
MJC001
$
995.00
2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console
MLSA08
Adapters for XY Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes (Choose One)* ITEM # MLSA02
$
PRICE 105.00
DESCRIPTION Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81 Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces
MLSA08
$
350.00
Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 Mounting Adapter
MLSA03
$
129.00
Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces
MLSA06
$
350.00
Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L Mounting Adapter
MLSA07
$
350.00
Nikon Eclipse FN1 Mounting Adapter
MLSA01
$
155.00
Breadboard/Optical Table Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 and Custom-Built Microscopes, 31.5 mm Height
*The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.
MLSA07 171
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XY Microscopy Stage: Slide Holders and Accessory Plates
Femtosecond Technologies
A range of accessory plates are available for use with our MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY Microscopy Stages featured on pages 168 - 171. They allow the positioning of standard microscope slides, multiwell plates, Petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
Slide/Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
MLS203 Stage with MLS203P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder Fitted
MLS203P2
Optical Filters FLIM Source
n Compatible
with Standard Microscope Slides n Compatible with Petri Dishes Measuring Ă&#x2DC;30 mm to Ă&#x2DC;60 mm Multi-Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (Measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.0 mm or 1" x 3" x 0.4") and 18 mm x 18 mm x 1.0 mm Calibration Targets n Holds up to Three Slides and One Calibration Target MLS203P9 n
Recessed Slide Holder for Upright Microscopes n Compatible
with Standard Microscope Slides (Measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.0 mm or 1" x 3" x 0.4") and 18 mm x 18 mm x 1.0 mm Calibration Targets n Allows the Microscope Condenser to be Positioned within 1.5 mm (0.06") of the Slide Surface MLS203P11
Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MLS203 Stage with C4SH01 Slide Holder Tray (Requires the MLS203P1 Plate Adapter)
C4SH01 n Plastic
Holder is Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) n Mount up to Four Slides for Automated Tissue and Tissue Microarray Analysis n Requires MLS203P1 Adapter Plate (See Next Page) 172
Imaging Components
XY Microscopy Stage: Slide Holders and Accessory Plates
MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies
Multiwell Plate Adapter
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages MLS203 Stage with MLS203P1 Multiwell Plate Adapter Fitted Close Up of Clip
MLS203P1
n Compatible
with Standard Well Plates n Clip Holder to Secure Well Plates in Place
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Blank Adapter Plate
MLS203 Stage with MLS203P3 Blank Adapter Plate Fitted
n Ideal
for Custom or Non-Standard Applications n Easily Drilled and Tapped
MLS203P3
Breadboard Plates
MLS203 Stage with MLS203P4 Breadboard Fitted
n 35
Imperial or Metric Taps • MLS203P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers • MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers
MLS203P4 Slide Holders ITEM # MLS203P2
$
PRICE 450.00
DESCRIPTION Slide/Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes
MLS203P9
$
460.00
Multi-Slide Holder for Upright and Inverted Microscopes
MLS203P11
$
395.00
Recessed Slide Holder for Upright Microscopes
C4SH01
$
77.00
Multi Slide Holder for Inverted Microscopes
ITEM # MLS203P1
$
PRICE 400.00
MLS203P3
$
150.00
Blank Adapter Plate
MLS203P4
$
200.00
Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps
MLS203P5
$
200.00
Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps
Accessory Plates DESCRIPTION Multiwell Plate Adapter
173
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems
Femtosecond Technologies
The MLS203/MZS500-E motorized XYZ microscope stage system presents a 3D positioning solution for applications such as Z-axis slicing or 3D image collection, including laser scanning microscopy. It provides active feedback to compensate for thermal changes and other factors that might lead to stage drift. The closed-loop, active feedback ensures correct positioning with submicron repeatability and Z-axis resolution of 25 nm, making this stage system ideal for applications that require highly accurate focus control.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
To build a complete XYZ motorized microscopy stage package, purchase both the MLS203 XY Scanning Stage and the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage along with their respective controllers and the mounting brackets for the MLS203 stage. Optional Z-axis stage accessories can also be purchased below. The table below outlines the items that should be purchased to form a complete XYZ stage package for various microscopes. Contact technical support concerning compatibility with other microscopes.
MZS500 Specifications
MZS500 Features
n Travel:
n Provides
500 µm n Resolution (Closed Loop): 25 nm n Load Capacity: 0.25 kg (0.5 lb) n Settling Time: 30 ms Typical (for 10 µm Step) n Resonant Frequency: 100 Hz (±10%), 0.25 kg Load n Dimensions: 226 mm x 150 mm x 25 mm (8.9" x 5.9" x 0.98") n Controller: BPC301 (Included)
MICROSCOPEa
STAGE MLS203-1
MLSA06
Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti
MLS203-1
MLSA03
Nikon Eclipse FN1
MLS203-1
MLSA07
Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 MLS203-1
MLSA08
Olympus IX71, IX73 and IX81
MLS203-1
MLSA02
Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40
MLS203-2
None Needed
Optical Breadboard / Custom Configuration
MLS203-1
MLSA01
support additional microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica with custom mounting brackets. Please contact Technical Support to inquire about bracket availability if your microscope model is not listed above.
bController
MetaMorph® and LabVIEW™ Compatible
XYZ Control when Paired with an MLS203 XY Travel Stage n Accurate Sample Positioning n Directly Compatible with Multiwell Plates n Range of Samples Holders Available (See Page 177) n Includes Controller
XY STAGE XY STAGE MOUNTING BRACKET CONTROLLER
Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i and Ci-L
aWe
174
MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage Mounted to an MLS203-1 XY Microscopy Stage, Shown Attached to a Nikon Eclipse Ti-U Microscope
BBD202
Included with Stage
Z-AXIS STAGEb
OPTIONAL SPECIMEN HOLDERS AND ACCESSORIESc
MZS500P2: Slide/Petri Dish Holder C4SH01: Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MZS500P3: Blank Adapter Plate MZS500-E MZS500P5: 1/4"-20 Tapped Breadboard Plate MZS500P4: M6 Tapped Breadboard Plate MZF001: Z-Axis Joystick Console MJC001: XY Joystick Console cWhen
using the z-axis stage, the specimen holders and accessories specific to it must be used.
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems Controller Specifications Piezoelectric Output: SMC Male n Voltage (Software Control): 0 – 150 V n Voltage (External Input): -10 to +10 VDC n Current: 500 mA (Max) Continuous n Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hours (After 30 Min. Warm-Up Time) n Noise: <3 mV RMS n Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1 – 20 µF n Bandwidth: 1.0 kHz, Digital Closed Loop n Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 152 mm x 244 mm x 104 mm (6" x 9.6" x 4.1")
MZS500-E
Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage Kit Including BPC301 Controller
n
Controller Features n High
Current Output n Closed-Loop PID Position or Capacitive Feedback Circuit n Quiet High-Resolution Position Control n Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability n Open-Loop, High-Bandwidth Piezo Positioning n Full Software Control Suite Supplied n Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n 3 m (9.75') Cable Included
Stage Control Via Metamorph
Patent # 8, 484, 859, B2
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
The Piezo Controller, supplied with the MZS500-E Piezo Stage, is a one-channel, highpower benchtop piezo controller for open- and closed-loop nanometer position control. It features switchable voltage outputs and supports capacitive as well as strain gauge feedback.
Optical Filters FLIM Source
Flexible software settings make this unit highly configurable and therefore suitable for driving a wide range of piezo elements in third-party products. A waveform generation capability, combined with triggering outputs, makes this unit particularly well suited for piezo scanning applications.
Joystick Consoles for XYZ Microscopy Stages Thorlabs’ MJC001 XY-Axis and MZF001 Z-Axis Joystick Consoles are designed for microscope users and enable intuitive, tactile, manual positioning of a stage. When used together, these highly reliable, Hall effect joysticks feature XYZ control, speed adjustment for fast or highprecision movement, and a highquality, anodized aluminum casting.
MJC001
XY-Axis Joystick Console
MZF001
Z-Axis Joystick Console
MZS500-E
Z-Axis Piezo Stage Being Attached to the Motorized XY Scanning Stage A Live View of the Sample Absolute Position Window (Stage Movements Defined by Relative Position and a Scan Setting are Also Possible)
175
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
BBD202
Recommended Controller for XY Stages
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
MLS203-2
XY Stage for Zeiss Microscopes
XY Stage Features n High-Speed
XY Travel Up to 250 mm/s n Linear Optical Encoders n High Repeatability (0.25 Îźm) and Positional Accuracy (<3 Îźm) n See Pages 168 - 171 for More Details
The MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage fits directly on top of either the MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY Stages for a complete 3D translation solution. When combined with the appropriate adapter, the MLS203-1 provides compatibility with Olympus and Nikon microscopes, while the MLS203-2 provides compatibility with Zeiss microscopes with no adapters required.
The BBD202 Controller is recommended for use with both stages. Characterized by high-speed scanning capabilities and high positional accuracy, these stages are ideal for manually or automatically positioning a wide range of specimens and samples in many types of microscopy or imaging techniques and applications. Very precise manual fine positioning and control at the cellular level is easily achieved through the combination of a stable closed-loop control system and an associated joystick option (MJC001).
MLS203-1/ MZS500 XYZ Stage System shown with an Olympus Inverted Microscope
XYZ Axis Stage System for Zeiss Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-2
PRICE $ 6,799.00
DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Zeiss Microscopes (Controller Not Included)
BBD202
$ 2,959.28
2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller
MZS500-E
$ 10,495.00
Z-Axis Piezo Stage with Controller
MJC001
$ 995.00
Joystick Console for XY Axes
MZF001
$ 995.00
Joystick Console for Z Axis
XYZ Axis Stage System for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-1
PRICE $ 6,799.00
DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (Controller Not Included)
BBD202
$ 2,959.28
2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller
MZS500-E
$ 10,495.00
Z-Axis Piezo Stage with Controller
MJC001
$ 995.00
Joystick Console for XY Axes
MZF001
$ 995.00
Joystick Console for Z Axis
Adapters for XYZ Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes (Choose One)* ITEM # MLSA02
PRICE $ 105.00
DESCRIPTION Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81 Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces
MLSA08
$ 350.00
Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 Mounting Adapter
MLSA03
$ 129.00
Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces
MLSA06
$ 350.00
Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L Mounting Adapter
MLSA07
$ 350.00
Nikon Eclipse FN1 Mounting Adapter
MLSA01
$ 155.00
Breadboard/Optical Table Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 and Custom-Built Microscopes, 31.5 mm Height
*The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.
176
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage: Accessory Plates Thorlabs offers a range of accessory adapters that can be used with our MZS500-E Z-Axis Piezo Stage and Controller. They allow positioning of standard microscope slides, Petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens.
n Compatible
Microscopy Stages
MZS500P2
MZS500P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage with a Stage Micrometer
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder Holder is Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) n Mount up to Four Slides for Automated Tissue and Tissue Microarray Analysis n Requires MLS203P1 Adapter Plate (Sold Below)
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
Slide/Petri Dish Holder with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) and Ø30 mm to Ø60 mm Petri Dishes n Can be Used with Imperial or Metric Accessories
Femtosecond Technologies
FLIM Source
n Plastic
C4SH01
MLS203 Stage with C4SH01 Slide Holder Tray (Requires the MLS203P1 Plate Adapter on Page 173)
Blank Adapter Plate n Ideal
for Custom or Non-Standard Applications n Easily Drilled and Tapped
MZS500P3 Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage
MZS500P3
Breadboard Plates n 15
Imperial or Metric Taps • MZS500P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers • MZS500P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers
MZS500P5 Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage
MZS500P5 Z-Axis Piezo Stage Accessories ITEM # MZS500P2
PRICE $ 400.00
C4SH01
$
MZS500P3
$ 150.00
Blank Adapter Plate
MZS500P4
$ 200.00
Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps
MZS500P5
$ 200.00
Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps
77.00
DESCRIPTION Slide/Petri Dish Holder Multi Slide Holder for Inverted Microscopes
177
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies
Electrophysiology Platform Overview Gibraltar Series Platforms
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
n Ultra-Stable
Platform n Ideal for Multi-Site Electrophysiology n Large Stage Provides Space for Manipulators and Other Instrumentation n Manual and Motorized Versions Available n Stage Hole Pattern on 1" Centers n Stage Supported by 4 Adjustable-Height Pillars n Compatible with Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica
PHYS24 Shown with Nikon FN1 Microscope
Thorlabs offers two lines of Electrophysiology Stages: the Gibraltar series (shown above) from Thorlabs’ acquisition of the Burleigh® Electrophysiology product line and the PHYS24 series (shown right) developed internally. Both are now manufactured and supported by Thorlabs. There are many similarities between the two product lines and a few differences, which are summarized below.
Top Plate
Manual Stage
178
GIBRALTAR SERIES (SEE PAGES 179 – 184)
PHYS24 SERIES (SEE PAGES 185 – 187)
Cast Aluminum Stage with 1/4" Through Holes on 1" Centers Magnetic Stainless Steel Honeycomb Stage with 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers
Aluminum Honeycomb Stage with 1/4"-20 (M6) Taps on 1" (25 mm) Centers
XY Translation Range: 1" Micrometer Graduation: 25 µm Mechanism for Locking Stage Position
XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) Micrometer Vernier Graduation: 10 µm No Lock for Stage Position
Motorized Stage
XY Translation Range: 1" Resolution: <5 µm (at Min Speed of 3.0 µm/s)
Motorized Stage Control
Joystick with Buttons for Two Preset Locations
Supported Microscopes
Olympus BX70, BX71, BX50W1, & BX51WI Zeiss Axioskop FS, Axioskop 2FS, & Axio Examiner Nikon FN1 & E600FN Leica DM LFS
Unencoded Stage XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) On-Axis Accuracy: 10 µm Max Speed: 1 mm/s Encoded Stage XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) On-Axis Accuracy: 3 µm Max Speed: 4 mm/s Thorlabs apt™ Software Package (Includes a Graphical User Interface and SDK) Nikon FN1
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology n Compatible
with Olympus, Zeiss, Nikon, and Leica Microscopes n Designed to Integrate Micromanipulators n Solid Aluminum or Stainless Steel Breadboard n Manual Micrometer or Stepper Motor Control
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Burleigh®, a division of Thorlabs, manufactures leading edge equipment for electrophysiology research such as the Gibraltar® Platforms. These platforms are a stable and flexible mechanical solution for electrophysiology research. The XY platform provides reliable and reproducible movement, either manual or motorized, of the microscope relative to the Gibraltar stage. This allows the user to change the field of view (FOV) without moving the sample itself, thus preventing disruption to patch recording.
Applications n Multiple-Patch
Experiments n Time-Lapse Photography n Photolysis and Patch Clamping n Recording in Different Field of Views n Whole Specimen Imaging
Gibraltar platforms can support the installation of multiple micromanipulators, chambers, or other instruments around the microscope objective while providing superior mechanical and thermal stability. This stability is particularly important in sensitive electrophysiology research such as multiple patching. The platform has four large-diameter columns that rigidly support the platform, enabling it to be directly bolted to an optical table or mounted to our baseplate. When combined with our micromanipulators, the Gibraltar platform gives unparalleled control over pipette and microscope position.
Baseplate Our Gibraltar Platform is available with or without an attachable baseplate that has rubber grommet feet to prevent accidental movement and provide vibrational isolation. Both options are a secure, stable, and static mounting solution for our platform. The baseplate allows position flexibility, giving the user the option to move the platform without deconstructing it first. When purchased without a baseplate, the Gibraltar platform is mounted directly to any imperial or metric optical table or to a ScienceDesk™ (see pages 354 - 367).
Baseplate with Rubber Feet
179
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology Top Plate Options Our Gibraltar Electrophysiology platforms are available with either a solid aluminum or stainless steel top plate. The 1/2" solid aluminum top plate delivers a stable platform for mounting hardware and equipment near the microscope objective. With through holes for 1/4"-20 (M6) bolts, this plate can be integrated with either imperial or metric devices. Our stainless steel top plate offers several advantages over the solid aluminum plate. The low coefficient of expansion for stainless steel provides excellent thermal stability, while the honeycomb structure furnishes vibrational damping. This honeycomb top plate has 1/4"-20 tapped holes, allowing hardware to be directly mounted to the surface with hex screws. Each tapped hole is sealed with a nylon-based cup, so liquid spills on the surface will not drip down onto the microscope. Additionally, the plate is magnetic, allowing the user to place hardware in the optimal position through the use of a magnetic base. The honeycomb structure provides excellent thermal stability and vibrational damping.
Aluminum Top Plate
Stainless Steel Top Plate
Translation Options The Gibraltar’s XY translation stage for microscope position manipulation is available with either manual or motorized translators. Manual Translation Manual translation is accomplished through two simple, yet precise, mechanical micrometers. These micrometers provide 1" (25.4 mm) of translation in both directions with a resolution of less than 5 µm. Additionally, these micrometers feature a friction lock, allowing the user the ability to lock down the translation stage, preventing movement of the microscope Manual Translation Stage relative to the sample. Motorized Translation The motorized option has two fast and precise stepper motors that provide 1" of translation in both directions with a resolution of 5 µm. The motorized translation stage offers several advantages over the manual version. These motors utilize a simple joystick for user interface that can translate the stage in both the X and Y directions. Two speeds (0.4 mm/s and 3.0 µm/s) are available for user convenience. The joystick gives the user the ability to save two independent positions to memory. The saved positions can be recalled at the touch of a button, ideal for experiments that demand quick and accurate investigation of two different fields of Motorized Translation Stage view within the same sample. 180
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology Thorlabs offers four versions of our motorized and four versions of our manual Gibraltar platform for use with select microscopes from Olympus, Zeiss, Nikon, and Leica. Our platform can support the installation of multiple micromanipulators, chambers, or other instruments around the microscope objective while providing superior mechanical and thermal stability. A hardware kit for assembling the Gibraltar platform is included. The Gibraltar platform’s flexibility and solid design provides an ideal solution for any electrophysiology system. Its heavy-duty frame can support numerous experimental apparatuses up to 25 lbs (11.34 kg) of weight, damps vibrations, and is compact enough to be incorporated onto an optical table. Its modularity and adjustability allows this platform to accommodate various microscopes, hardware, and purpose.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems GIBRALTAR PLATFORM TOP (CHOOSE ONE) Material
Black Epoxy-Coated Aluminum
Magnetic Stainless Steel
Dimensions
23.6" × 17" × 0.5"
23.6" × 17" × 1.25"
Hole Pattern
1/4" Holes on 1" Centers
1/4"-20 Holes on 1" Centers
TRANSLATION MECHANISM (CHOOSE ONE) Type
Motorized
Manual
Range
1" (25.4 mm) in Both X and Y
1" (25.4 mm) in Both X and Y
Speed
3.0 µm/s to 0.4 mm/s
N/A
5 µm at Min Speed
<5 µm
Resolution
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
BASEPLATE (OPTIONAL) Material Dimensions
Black Epoxy-Coated Aluminum 23.6" × 11.6" (599 mm × 295 mm)
SAMPLE PLATE Material
Black-Plated Aluminum with Rubber Feet
Dimensions
110 mm OD, 32 mm ID, 3.2 mm Thick
Gibraltar Platforms for Olympus BX70, BX71, BX50WI, and BX51WI Upright Microscopes ITEM #
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-BX
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$ 6,000.00
GH-BX
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-BX
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-BX
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-BX
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-BX
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-BX
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-BX
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
181
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axioskop FS Upright Microscopes ITEM #
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
GH-FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axioskop 2FS Microscopes ITEM #
182
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-2FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
GH-2FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-2FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-2FS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-2FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-2FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-2FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-2FS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes ITEM #
PRODUCT IMAGE
G-AE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-AE
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-AE
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
GH-AE
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
$9,500.00
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
GM-AE
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-AE
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-AE
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-AE
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
FLIM Source
Gibraltar Platforms for Nikon FN1 Upright Microscopes ITEM #
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-FN1
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
GH-FN1
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-FN1
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-FN1
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-FN1
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-FN1
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-FN1
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-FN1
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
183
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Nikon E600FN Upright Microscopes ITEM #
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-EFN
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
GH-EFN
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-EFN
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-EFN
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-EFN
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-EFN
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-EFN
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-EFN
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Gibraltar Platforms for Leica DM LFS Upright Microscopes ITEM #
184
PRODUCT IMAGE
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
G-LFS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$6,000.00
GH-LFS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$9,000.00
GB-LFS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$6,500.00
GHB-LFS
Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$9,500.00
GM-LFS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate
$7,500.00
GMH-LFS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate
$10,500.00
GMB-LFS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate
$8,000.00
GMHB-LFS
Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate
$11,000.00
Imaging Components
Physiology Stages
MOM Upgrade Kit
Features n Adjustable-Height
PHYS24
U-Shaped Breadboard Provides 270° Access to Samples n Includes Microscope Translator (Three Versions Available) • Manual Translation • Motorized Translation • Encoded Motorized Translation n U-Shaped UltraLight™ Series Breadboard with Sealed Holes to Contain Spills n Imperial and Metric Versions n Ships Fully Assembled
In addition to the Gibraltar Electrophysiology Platforms presented on pages 179 - 184, Thorlabs also offers an alternative physiology stage option for use with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope, our PHYS24 Series. This option provides twice the XY translation range (2" compared to 1" on the Gibraltar version) and incorporates an aluminum honeycomb top plate instead of a magnetic stainless steel one. Other differences between the physiology stage featured here and the Gibraltar option are outlined on page 178.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Like the Gibraltar stages, Thorlabs’ PHYS24 series of physiology stages provide a rigid structure for electrophysiological research while supporting the precise motion necessary for the study of physiological processes in living cells and animals. A manual or motorized platform enables the microscope to be moved relative to the position of the specimen while keeping the specimen stationary during image acquisition. The physiology stages featured here consist of a rigid, mechanically and thermally stable U-shaped breadboard that provides more than two hundred 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes over a full 270°, which makes it easy to mount patch clamps or other experimental accessories. The upper U-shaped breadboard is supported by four adjustable-height support columns. The base of each column is attached to a 1/2" (12.7 mm) thick solid aluminum breadboard with 1/4"-20 (M6) taps. Each physiology stage comes with either a manual or motorized 2" (50 mm) XY Travel Microscope Translator that is mounted to the base breadboard and provides smooth, repeatable movement in the XY direction while maintaining a stable platform for the microscope.
Baseplate The PHYS24 Series of Physiology Stages include a 24" × 24" (600 mm × 600 mm), 1/2" (12.7 mm) thick solid aluminum breadboard. This black, low-reflective, anodized baseplate features 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes on 1" (25 mm) centers. The baseplate offers position flexibility, allowing the user to move the platform without deconstructing it first. Four 1/4" (M6) counterbored clearance holes allow the platform to be secured to an optical table to prevent accidental movement.
Solid Aluminum Breadboard Baseplate
Aluminum Top Plate
Aluminum Top Plate Shown with Insert Removed
Our UltraLightTM honeycomb top plate features 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes, allowing hardware to be directly mounted to the surface with hex screws. Each tapped hole is sealed with a nylon-based cup, so liquid spills on the surface will not drip down onto the microscope. The honeycomb structure provides excellent vibrational damping. 185
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Physiology Stages
Femtosecond Technologies
Support Posts The PHYS24 series of stages include four stainless steel support posts, offering 8" to 12" of continuous height adjustment. Each post has a top-located 1/4"-20 (M6) tap, a universal base with four 1/4" (M6) counterbored holes on 2" (50 mm) centers for mounting it to an optical table or breadboard, and can support a load capacity of 300 lbs (136 kg).
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
PHYS12P
Down
Translation Options
Half Up
Up
Thorlabs’ PHYS24 Series of Physiology Stages offers state-of-the-art workstations that are available with manual, motorized, or motorized-encoded XY translation stages. These stages are directly compatible with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope. Please email ImagingSales@thorlabs.com to inquire about adapter plates that are compatible with other common microscopes.
FLIM Source
Manual Translation Stage
MT-FN1 Manual Microscope Translator
Manual translation is accomplished through two simple, yet precise, mechanical micrometers. These micrometers provide 2" (50 mm) of translation in both directions with 10 µm vernier graduations. Smooth and repeatable positioning ensures reliable translation of the microscope across a large area of the sample. This stage is easily configured in either a left- or right-handed XY Orientation. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.
Motorized Translation Stage The motorized translation stages utilize high-precision stepper motors to achieve translation. These motors provide 2" (50 mm) of translation in both directions. They feature a repeatability of 0.5 μm with an absolute positioning accuracy of 10 μm over the full travel range. USB plugand-play operation ensures a simple and quick computer setup. Our motorized translators come with two TST101 T-Cube Stepper Motors for automated control. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.
MTM-FN1 Motorized Microscope Translator
Motorized with Encoder Translation Stage
BSC202 Two-Channel Stepper Motor Driver
MTME-FN1 Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoder
186
The motorized stage with built-in encoder offers several advantages over the motorized stage. The linear optical encoder mounts to the moving platform of the stage and provides feedback to the drive electronics to ensure a bi-directional repeatability. A repeatability of 0.3 μm is achievable with encoders (versus 0.5 μm without) with an absolute positioning accuracy of 3 μm over the full travel rang. Our motorized with encoder stages come with our BSC202 Two-Channel apt™ Benchtop Stepper Motor. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.
4.7" (119 mm) Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)
24.0" (610 mm)
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Physiology Stages 13.4" Microscope Translator Specifications (340 mm)
Manual*
23.6" (600 mm) Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)
10.0" 8.5" - 12"] (254 mm)
8.7" (221 mm)
11.5" (292 mm)
10.0" [8.5" - 12"] (254 mm)
24.0" (610 mm)
n XY
Femtosecond Technologies
Motorized-Encoded*
17.7" (450 mm)
Travel: 2" (50 mm) 15.5" n Adjustment: Micrometer (394 mm) 4.2" n Vernier Graduations: 10 (106 mm) µm 2.8" n Load(70Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg) mm)
Motorized*
17.7" (450 mm)
n XY
15.5" (394 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 2.8" (70 mm) 24.0" (610 mm)
7.1" (180 mm)
4.7" (119 mm)
Travel: 2" (50 mm) n Adjustment: Stepper Motor n Velocity (Max): 1 mm/s n Acceleration (Max): 0.5 mm/s2 n On-Axis Accuracy: 10 µm n Bi-Directional Repeatability: 0.5 µm n Load Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg)
n XY
Travel: 2" (50 mm) n Adjustment: Stepper Motor n Velocity (Max): 4 mm/s n Acceleration (Max): 3 mm/s2 n On-Axis Accuracy: 3 µm Over the Full Travel n Bi-Directional Repeatability: 0.3 µm n Velocity Stability: ±0.4 mm/s n Encoder: Optical Grating Incremental Encoder n Encoder Resolution: 0.1 µm n Load Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg)
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
*Components Available Separately on the Following Pages
Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)
24.0" (610 mm)
PHYS24ME Motorized-Encoded Physiology Stages (Nikon FN1 Microscope Not Included)
13.4" (340 mm) 17.7" (450 mm)
23.6" (600 mm) 11.5" (292 mm)
8.7" TST101
10.0" mm) [8.5" - 12"] Two(221 Controllers Included with (254 mm) the PHYS24M(/M) Motorized Physiology Stage 24.0" (610 mm)
15.5" (394 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 2.8" (70 mm)
BSC202 Two-Channel Stepper Motor Controller Included with the PHYS24ME(/M) Physiology Stage with Encoders
ITEM # PHYS24
$
PRICE 7,500.00
DESCRIPTION Manual Physiology Stage (Imperial)
PHYS24/M
$
7,500.00
Manual Physiology Stage (Metric)
PHYS24M
$
10,000.00
Motorized Physiology Stage (Imperial)
PHYS24M/M
$
10,000.00
Motorized Physiology Stage (Metric)
PHYS24ME
$
14,500.00
Motorized Physiology Stage with Encoders (Imperial)
PHYS24ME/M
$
14,500.00
Motorized Physiology Stage with Encoders (Metric)
187
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Microscope Translators
Femtosecond Technologies
Thorlabs offers precision Microscope Translators to position a microscope about a stationary specimen. This method of positioning the field of view of the microscope enables viewing of a large area of a sample without moving the specimen.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
The Microscope Translators provide travel of the microscope in both the X and Y directions while maintaining a rigid, mechanically and thermally stable platform for the microscope. These translators are constructed of solid stainless steel and consist of four LNR50 series stages (one master and one slave for each axis) mounted on a baseplate and connected by a top plate for mounting the microscope. The array of counterbored holes in the baseplate allows the translator to be secured to an imperial or metric tapped breadboard or optical table.
Features n Manual, Motorized, and Motorized-
Encoded Versions Available n 2" (50 mm) XY Travel Range n 110 lbs (50 kg) Load Capacity (XY Travel Platform) n Rugged, Thermally Stable Aluminum Mounting and Spacer Plates n Heavy-Duty Cross-Roller Stainless-Steel Bearings
Thorlabs’ standard microscope translators have a top plate that is compatible with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope. Please email ImagingSales@thorlabs.com to inquire about top plates that are compatible with other common upright microscopes.
Manual Microscope Translator MT-FN1 Specifications n 2"
(50 mm) XY Travel Range n 50 µm/rev n 10 µm/Graduation
The MT-FN1 Manual Microscope Translator can be easily configured in either a left- or right-handed XY orientation. It utilizes micrometer drives with a graduated scale to provide smooth translation and repeatable positioning, which enables the microscopist to return to a previously viewed location. MT-FN1
ITEM #
MTM-FN1
Motorized Microscope Translator
Travel Range
2" (50 mm)
The motorized version of the Microscope Translator (MTM-FN1) includes high-quality stepper-motor-based actuators (DRV014) to provide automated high-resolution XY positioning and repeatability. Each stepper-motor-based actuator utilizes a trapezoidal-shaped 1 mm/rev pitch lead screw that provides high load carrying capability. Coupled with stepper motor controllers (two TST101 controllers included), the Motorized Microscope Translator provides smooth automated-controlled movement in increments of 0.05 µm/step.
Acceleration
0.5 mm/s2 (Max)
Velocity
1.0 mm/s (Max)
Maximum Load Capacity Incremental Movement Bidirectional Repeatability
0.5 µm
Percent Positional Accuracy
0.02% (Max)
Absolute Accuracy Home Location Accuracy Drive Runout (Over Full Range)
Features n Single-Channel
Controller n High-Resolution Microstepping n Compact Footprint n USB Plug-and-Play PC-Controlled Operation n Easy-to-Use Manual Controls with Velocity Slider and Jog Buttons n Full Software Control Suite Supplied n Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n Software Integrated with Other apt™ Family Controllers 188
110 lbs (50 kg) 0.05 µm (Min Achievable)
Lead Screw Pitch Limit Switches Included Controllers* Controller Interface Bearings
10 µm ±1.0 µm DRV014 ±0.0004" (±10 µm) 1 mm Ceramic-Tipped ElectroMechanical Switches TST101 USB Crossed Roller
* Two TST101 controllers included. Please visit www.thorlabs.com for details and specifications.
TST101 One-Channel Model
MTM-FN1
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Microscope Translators Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoder The performance of the Motorized Microscope Translator is further enhanced by utilizing XY stages with high-resolution integrated linear optical encoders in combination with Thorlabs’ two-channel closed-loop stepper motor controller (BSC202). The linear optical encoder provides feedback to the drive electronics to ensure accurate positioning and allows a direct readout of the absolute MTME-FN1 position of the stage. With a resolution of 0.1 µm, the bi-directional position accuracy is greater than 0.3 µm (compared to 0.5 µm without the encoders) over the full 50 mm of travel. The motorized microscope translator with optical encoders allows the user to return to a previous position within the specimen and is the ideal solution for applications where stability, long microscope travel, and high-load Specifications capacity need to be achieved ITEM # MTME-FN1 with absolute position accuracy. Travel Range 2" (50 mm) Acceleration
3.0 mm/s2 (Max)
Velocity
4.0 mm/s (Max)
Maximum Load Capacity
110 lbs (50 kg)
Incremental Movement
0.05 µm (Min Achievable)
Bidirectional Repeatability
0.3 µm
Percent Accuracy
0.02% (Max)
Absolute Accuracy
3 µm Over the Full Travel
Home Location Accuracy
±1.0 µm
Drive
DRV014
Runout (Over Full Range)
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
±0.0004" (±10 µm)
Lead Screw Pitch Limit Switches
Thorlabs’ PHYS24ME Physiology Stage includes the MTME-FN1 Microscope Translator, as shown here with a Nikon FN1 Microscope (Not Included)
Femtosecond Technologies
1 mm Ceramic-Tipped Electro-Mechanical Switches
Included Controllers*
BSC202
Controller Interface
USB
Encoder
Optical Grating Incremental Encoder
Encoder Resolution
0.1 µm
Bearings
Crossed Roller
*Specifications for the BSC202 Controller can be found online at www.thorlabs.com.
aptTM Software Screenshot
BSC202
Controller Features n Two-Channel
Models Available n Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50 W n Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP) Inputs for Closed-Loop Positioning n USB Plug-and-Play Plus Multi-Axis Expansion n Motor Control I/O Port (Jogging, Interlocks) n Full Software GUI Control Suite n High-Resolution Microstepping Control (For Very Fine Positioning Applications) n Stable and Predictable Low-Speed Operation (For Velocity-Sensitive Applications) n ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n Seamless Software Integration with apt™ Family
Two-Channel Stepper Motor Controller ITEM # MT-FN1
$
PRICE 4,000.00
DESCRIPTION Manual Microscope Translator
MTM-FN1
$
7,000.00
Motorized Microscope Translator with Controllers
MTME-FN1
$
11,500.00
Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoders
189
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
U-Shaped Breadboard Features
Femtosecond Technologies
n UltraLight
Series Breadboard with Sealed Holes to Contain Spills n Imperial and Metric Versions Available n Full 270° Array of 1/4"-20 (M6) Taps n Mechanically and Thermally Stable
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
PHYS24BB
The PHY24BB(/M) breadboard is designed to be used as a microscopy stage; the U-shape surrounds the microscope providing 270˚ of workspace with over 200 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped mounting holes. Its lightweight aluminum construction makes it portable while the thermally stable honeycomb construction provides excellent dynamic rigidity with a high strength-to-weight ratio. In addition, tapped mounting holes are individually sealed in order to contain spills. SPECIFICATIONS The dimensions of the U-shaped breadboard Dimensions 17.72" x 23.62" x 0.98" (650 mm x 450 mm x 25 mm) are ideal for the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright Weight 15.5 lbs (7 kg) microscope. The Ø110 mm insert seen in the Load Capacity 110 lbs (50 kg) picture above can be removed entirely or it can be Tapped Hole Matrix 1/4"- 20 (M6) Tapped Holes over 270° Surface used to hold a standard microscope slide or 35 mm Petri dish. Larger specimens, patch clamps, and other accessories can be easily secured to the working surface using the 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes. ITEM # PRICE 2,500.00 PHYS24BB $
DESCRIPTION U-Shaped Breadboard for Physiology Stage, 1/4"-20 Taps
PHYS24BB/M $ 2,500.00
U-Shaped Breadboard for Physiology Stage, M6 Taps
Adjustable-Height Support Columns The PHYS12P(/M) Adjustable-Height Support Columns are designed to support a breadboard or microscope stage. Each post has a top-located 1/4"- 20 (M6 x 1.0) tap and a universal base that has four 1/4" (M6) counterbored holes on 2" (50 mm) centers for mounting it to an optical table or breadboard. The height of the post is continuously adjustable from 8" to 12", and its position can be locked using a knurled ring locking collar. To secure the columns to an optical table is as simple as loosening the locking collar and raising the red housing. This will provide access to the four counterbored 1/4" (M6) mounting holes.
Features n Continuously
Adjustable Height from 8" to 12" n Lockable Design n Top-Located 1/4"-20 (M6) Tap n Universal Base for Mounting to Work Surfaces with Imperial or Metric Taps n Load Capacity/Post: 300 lbs (136 kg)
ITEM # PRICE 450.00 PHYS12P $ PHYS12P/M $ 450.00
190
PHYS12P Height can be Adjusted from 8" to 12" DESCRIPTION Adjustable-Height Support Column, 8" to 12" (1/4"-20 Tap) Adjustable-Height Support Column, 8" to 12" (M6 Tap)
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Manual XY Stage for the Nikon FN1 Microscope The MPM-XYRS manual XY stage is designed for use with the Nikon FN1 microscope (see image to MPM-XYRS Nikon FN1 XY Stage the right) during physiology experiments. It provides an M6-tapped hole matrix on 25 mm centers on either side of a central sample plate. The tapped holes enable the user to mount appropriate hardware close to the specimen.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems MPM-XYRS Mounted on a Nikon FN1 Microscope
$
PRICE 2,845.00
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
The translation is facilitated through tension adjusters with 30 mm translation in X and Y. This method of translating the specimen under the field of view of the microscope enables viewing of a large area of the sample. ITEM # MPM-XYRS
Confocal Accessories
Optical Filters
DESCRIPTION Manual XY Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes
FLIM Source
U-Shaped Translation Stage Thorlabs’ Motorized Platform is a large, U-shaped breadboard that provides 50 mm of travel in each direction. It is designed for systems with a static (unmovable) microscope and enables the specimen to be moved relative to the microscope objective. To offer flexibility in mounting position, 352 1/4"-20 taps on 1" centers (M6 taps on 25 mm centers for the metric version) are arranged in a 270° array. This motorized platform installs easily around any existing microscope or can be used in conjunction with our Bergamo II Microscopes (see the photo below and pages 2 - 35), Cerna Series Slice Rig Microscopes (see pages 36 - 49), micromanipulators (see pages 274 - 279), or rigid stands (see pages 296 - 300) to construct a complete physiology rig. Each motorized platform features fast and reliable translation. Stepper motor control yields high 0.5 μm resolution and repeatability in movement, allowing the examination of multiple fields of view within the same specimen. The stage sits 4.5" above the tabletop and offers travel increments of 0.05 μm/step. The platform’s base is compatible with both imperial and metric breadboards.
PMP-2XY U-Shaped Standard Platform
PMP-2XY Translation Stage Shown with a Bergamo II Multiphoton Microscope (See Pages 2 - 35) ITEM # PMP-2XY
PRICE $ 12,211.72
DESCRIPTION U-Shaped Translation Stage
191
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
OCT Components Selection Guide
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
OCT Light Sources
OCT Circulator
Pages 193 – 201
Page 212
Dispersion Compensators and Scan Lenses
Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM)
Pages 202 – 205
Page 213
Interferometers
Fiber Polarization Controllers
Pages 206 – 209
Pages 214 –215
OCT Couplers
Balanced Detectors
Pages 210 – 211
Pages 216 - 221
INT-MSI-1300B Michelson-Type Interferometer
SL1310V1-20048 200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source
LSM02 10X Scan Lens
PDB420A Polarization-Independent Balanced Detector
192
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Light Sources: Overview Swept Laser Source
Femtosecond Technologies
Spectral Domain OCT
Swept Source OCT 1
CIR
3
PC
2
Reference Arm VA M C
Broadband Light Source
PC
FC
Reference Arm VA M C
FC
Confocal Accessories
Grating
Balanced Detector
Sample Arm
Sample Arm
CCD
Multiphoton Subsystems
FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Spectrometer
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
SL1310V1-20048
LS2000B
200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source
Extended Bandwidth SLD Source, 1325 nm, BW >170 nm
SLD1325 FC/APC Pigtailed SLD, 1325 nm, >100 nm FWHM
Swept Laser Sources
Superluminescent Diodes (SLDs)
n 1300
n 1325
nm Center Wavelength n 100 or 200 kHz Sweep Speed n MEMS VCSEL Technology n See Pages 194 - 199 Thorlabs offers swept laser sources as well as superluminescent diodes (SLDs) for integration into OCT systems. Our MEMS-VCSEL swept laser sources are designed for use in swept source OCT systems, while the SLD sources are designed to be integrated into spectral domain systems. The schematics at the top of this page illustrate the appropriate integration of each source into its respective system.
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
nm Center Wavelength n FC/APC Terminated Pigtail n Dual-Source, Extended Bandwidth, Benchtop Source n See Pages 200 - 201
WAVELENGTH
CONFIGURATION
PAGE
MEMS-VCSEL Swept Source Laser
1300 nm
100 or 200 kHz Sweep Speed*
195
SLD
1325 nm
FC/APC Pigtail
200
Benchtop SLD
1325 nm
Dual Source
201
TYPE
*Custom speeds available upon request
193
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT Features 1300 nm Benchtop Swept Laser Source Ideal for Optical Coherence Tomography n 200 kHz or 100 kHz Sweep Speed n Over 100 mm Coherence Length n Single Mode, Mode-Hop-Free Operation n Linear Sweep Trajectory n
Configurations n 200
kHz Sweep Speed • 24 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 6 mm Imaging Depth Range at 500 MS/s Sampling Rate) • 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 12 mm Imaging Depth Range at 1 GS/s Sampling Rate) n 100 kHz Sweep Speed • 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 12 mm Imaging Depth Range at 500 MS/s Sampling Rate) n Custom Speeds and Imaging Depth Configurations are Available Thorlabs’ MEMS-VCSEL benchtop laser sources are designed for high-speed, long-range, SweptSource Optical Coherence Tomography (SS-OCT) applications. Developed in partnership with Praevium, a strategic partner of Thorlabs, these swept laser sources are based on a patented Micro-ElectroMechanical (MEMS)-tunable Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser (VCSEL). With a record-breaking coherence length, these benchtop sources provide single mode, mode-hop-free operation over a tuning range in excess of 100 nm. They are available in three configurations (listed above) that incorporate all of the drive electronics, temperature controllers, and triggers
Have you seen our...
Balanced Detectors for OCT See Pages 216 - 221 194
SL1310V1-10048
necessary for easy integration into custom SS-OCT systems.
LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT
Thorlabs’ MEMS-VCSEL benchtop lasers incorporate all the necessary drive electronics, temperature controllers, trigger signals, and optical isolators for easy operation and integration into any SS-OCT system. Additionally, these benchtop laser sources utilize a specially designed Mach-Zehnder interferometer “k-clock” that provides a digital output signal for triggering data acquisition (see the next page for details). The three laser configurations we currently offer are optimized for maximum imaging range at the most common data acquisition rates. Custom configurations are available. Please contact us for more information. Any OCT system based on our swept source laser will likely be limited by other elements in the system, such as the detectors or data acquisition electronics. As these limiting subsystems are improved, they can be utilized to enhance the performance of your imaging system, providing a degree of “future proofing.” COMMON SPECIFICATIONS Center Wavelength
1300 nm
Duty Cycle (Unidirectional Sweep)
>65%
Wavelength Tuning Range (-20 dB)
>100 nm
Coherence Length
>100 mm
Average Output Powera
>20 mW
Relative Intensity Noise (RIN)b
<1.0%
Ripple Noise Suppression
-47 dB
Humidity Supply Voltagec Laser Classification (per IEC 60825-1) Dimensions (L x W x H) aMeasured
>85%, Non-Condensing Environment 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Class 1M 321 mm x 320 mm x 150 mm (12.4" x 11.6" x 5.75")
at the laser output aperture using a detector with DC to 400 MHz bandwidth and averaged over all output wavelengths. cThe swept laser source has a universal AC input. bMeasured
Imaging Components
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT Polarization Controller 1 (PLC1)
MEMS VCSEL Cavity Module
MOM Upgrade Kit
Boost Optical Amplifier (BOA)
Output Optical Isolator
Femtosecond Technologies
Polarization Controller 2 (PLC1) Laser Aperture (FC/APC)
Input Optical Isolator
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Monitoring Photodiode
OCT Components
MZI Clock Module
Monitoring Photodiode
Objective Lenses Optical Filters
DAQ Trigger (SMA)
Cavity Intensity (SMA)
Laser Intensity (SMA)
DAQ Clock (SMA)
FLIM Source
Figure 1. Internal Schematic of a MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source
The figure above shows a schematic of the MEMS-VCSEL benchtop laser. These lasers consist of a MEMSVCSEL cavity, a booster optical amplifier (BOA), a fiber-optic monitoring network, and signal generation circuits. The optical output of the MEMS-VCSEL cavity module is connected to the optical input of the BOA. A polarization controller (PLC1) is used to control the polarization states of the light in the fiber when entering the BOA. Another polarization controller (PLC2) is used to control the output fiber polarization before the main laser output. The “DAQ Trigger” provides a line trigger whereas the “DAQ Clock” is a digital output from the MZI “k-clock” to trigger data acquisition that is linear in wavenumber. Laser monitoring ports are also provided from the output of the MEMS-VCSEL Cavity (Cavity Intensity) and after amplification (Laser Intensity). Integrated optical isolators in the benchtop laser sources eliminate the need for additional isolators external to the laser.
Wavenumber Triggering Options All Thorlabs SL1310V1 series swept laser sources include an integrated Mach Zehnder interferometer for digital “k-clock” triggering. The SL1310V1-10048 laser source provides a 12 mm imaging range at 100 kHz sweep speeds when using a 500 MS/s data acquisition card. Comparatively, the SL1310V1-20048, which operates at a 200 kHz sweep speed, requires a minimum of 1 GS/s data acquisition to achieve a 12 mm imaging range. For applications that require a high sweep speed but not an exceptionally long imaging range, or those that are limited in data acquisition speed, the SL1310V1-20024 laser source can provide a 6 mm imaging range at 200 kHz when using a 500 MS/s data acquisition card. SL1310V1-10048
ITEM #
Scan Repetition Rate Integrated MZI Interferometer Delay Supported OCT Imaging Depth Range aMeasured
SL1310V1-20024
SL1310V1-20048
Min
Typical
Max
Min
Typical
Max
Min
Typical
Max
99 kHz
100 kHz
101 kHz
198 kHz
200 kHz
202 kHz
198 kHz
200 kHz
202 kHz
46 mm
48 mm
50 mm
23 mm
24 mm
25 mm
46 mm
48 mm
50 mm
11.5 mma
12 mma
12.5 mma
5.5 mma
6 mma
6.5 mma
11.5 mmb
12 mmb
12.5 mmb
when using 500 MS/s DAQ
bMeasured
when using 1 GS/s DAQ
ITEM # SL1310V1-10048
PRICE $ 35,000.00
DESCRIPTION 100 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay
SL1310V1-20048
$ 35,000.00
200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay
SL1310V1-20024
$ 35,000.00
200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 24 mm MZI k-Clock Delay
195
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT
Femtosecond Technologies
High-Speed MEMS-VCSEL Development
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Thorlabs is dedicated to developing leading-edge Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) systems and components that will help advance our customers’ research and development efforts. One significant effort is focused on the development of OCT sources that will push the limits with regards to bandwidth, imaging speed, and coherence length. Through a strategic partnership with Praevium Research, we have developed a patented ultrabroadband, 1325 nm superluminescent diode light source that enables high-resolution SD-OCT imaging (see page 201 for details). Building upon the established success of this partnership, Thorlabs and Praevium have developed a high-speed MEMS-VCSEL for high-speed swept source OCT applications in the 1300 nm window. This project is one of great excitement for us at Thorlabs, as well as for the OCT community. In this article we will describe the motivation, goals, and promising preliminary results of a MEMS-VCSEL for Swept Source OCT as we push into new wavelength ranges and sweep speeds.
Diagram of MEMS-VCSEL Emission MEMS Dielectric Mirror MEMS Actuator Top Contact Deflecting Membrane
Air Gap
Multiple Quantum Well Active Region
Antireflection Coating MEMS Actuator Bottom Contact
Fully Oxidized Dielectric Mirror
Substrate
Praevium’s MEMS-VCSEL is an innovative design that offers high speed and broadband emission with long coherence length. This is an ideal combination for an OCT swept laser source.
potential, however, there are still some technological barriers where OCT could improve. Challenges that exist in current OCT systems include higher scan speeds, deeper penetration, and higher resolution.
To address these challenges, Thorlabs has partnered with Praevium. Founded in 2001, Praevium Research develops semiconductor-based light emitting devices OCT is a noninvasive imaging modality that is such as superluminescent diodes (SLDs), as well capable of rapidly producing micron-scale, crossas both edge-emitting and vertical cavity lasers. sectional and volumetric images. Over the past Praevium’s early development work on a wideband several years, significant technological advancements tuning VCSEL demonstrated great promise to serve of OCT related technologies have resulted in as a light source that will surpass current OCT major developments in the application of OCT limitations. Building upon the same model that imaging systems to areas of medical imaging such as led to Thorlabs’ release of the 1325 nm broadband ophthalmology, dermatology, and cardiology. The (SLD1325) and extended bandwidth (LS2000B) light ability to noninvasively and rapidly collect 3D volume sources for OCT, Praevium Research, Thorlabs, and images allows for the visualization of rapid changes collaborators at MIT have set out to further develop in tissue architecture and sample manipulations, such our wideband, high-speed MEMS-VCSEL light as taking virtual histological slices. To reach its full source for OCT applications. Sample SLD Emission Ch4 SLD A+B < 3 dB
The LS2000B is a dual fiber-coupled SLD light source. The SLDs are chosen so that the coupled spectral output has a bandwidth LS2000B exceeding 170 nm. 1325 nm Extended Broadband SLD Light Source (See Page 201 for Details)
196
Emission Intensity (µW)
20 15 10
FWHM ~ 200 nm
5 0 1150
1200
1250 1300 1350 Wavelength (nm)
1400
1450
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT VCSEL Overview
The low mass of the MEMS-tuning mirror in a MEMS-VCSEL and the short single mode cavity Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) both contribute to its high-speed operation. The are semiconductor-based devices that emit light short cavity length places only one mode in the gain perpendicular to the chip surface. VCSELs were spectrum, enabling single-mode continuous tuning. originally developed as low-cost, low-power alternatives to edge-emitting diodes, mainly for high- In addition, the short cavity design enables nearly identical spectra in the forward and backward volume datacom applications. The advantages of sweeps. We have recently measured greater than VCSELs lead to them being preferred light sources over edge-emitters in many applications. Compared to 500 kHz sweep rates using a MEMS-VCSEL prototype, without using optical multiplexing to edge-emitting sources, VCSELs offer superior output increase the sweep speed. beam quality, lower manufacturing costs, and single mode operation. MEMS-VCSELs utilize micro-electromechanical mirror systems (MEMS) to vary the cavity length of the laser, thereby tuning the output wavelength. MEMS-VCSELs have existed for several years; however, the limited tuning range and output power of these devices have precluded them from being used in OCT applications. Praevium Research, in collaboration with Thorlabs and MIT, has since developed a MEMS-VCSEL design that overcomes these previous limitations. In order for a MEMS-VCSEL to be successful for applications in OCT, it needs to meet certain standards: • Rapid Sweep Speed • Long Coherence Length • Broad Tuning Range • High Laser Output Power • Low Cost • High Reliability
MEMS-VCSELs can be densely packed on a single wafer to increase the potential yield. Shown to the left is a typical VCSEL wafer. The inset shows a single MEMS-VCSEL device after fabrication. The overall size of the MEMS-VCSEL is approximately 600 µm x 600 µm square.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Broad Tuning Range High-resolution imaging depends on the overall tuning bandwidth of the swept laser source. Praevium boasts the broadest bandwidth MEMS-VCSEL that has ever been developed. A unique design incorporating broadband fully oxidized mirrors, wideband gain regions, and thin active regions, has currently resulted in a remarkable 110 nm of continuous mode-hop-free tuning, centered around 1300 nm (see below), efforts to further extend this tuning range are currently underway.
Rapid Sweep Speed Applications using OCT demand high-speed imaging without sacrificing current image quality. Fast imaging rates allow better time resolution, dense collection of 3D datasets, and decreased laser exposure times to the sample or patient.
110 nm
-60 -70
Intensity (dB)
Currently, there exist a few swept laser sources that offer high-speed scanning. Fourier domain mode-locked lasers, for example, achieve extremely high imaging speeds but require the use of very long fiber optic delays in the laser cavity and can only operate in wavelength ranges were fiber loss is low. Of the commercially available high-speed swept lasers, many operate with multiple longitudinal modes or have long cavity lengths, which limit coherence length or tuning speed, respectively.
Static Tuning of MEMS-VCSEL -50
-80 -90 -100 -110 -120 1220
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
Wavelength (nm) MEMS-VCSELs are capable of tuning over 100 nm. Here we show single mode operation over a 110 nm spectral tuning range centered at 1300 nm.
197
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT
Femtosecond Technologies
Long Coherence Length
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
A significant limitation to most OCT systems is the depth-ofview (maximum imaging depth range). Especially in clinical applications, where sample thickness, patient motion, and sample location cannot be controlled, a long depth-of-view is advantageous. Image sensitivity also needs to be virtually unaffected throughout the entire depth. Due to the micron-scale cavity length of the VCSEL and single mode operation that is free of mode hops, we have measured coherence lengths of greater than 100 mm from our MEMS-VCSEL with nearly no signal degradation. Currently limited by detector bandwidth, we are confident that the MEMS-VCSEL is able to achieve even longer imaging depths than have been measured to date. This remarkable depth-of-view will not only benefit the medical OCT imaging community but also open doors to other applications such as large objective surface profiling, fast frequency domain reflectometry, and fast spectroscopic measurements with high spectral resolution.
High Output Power One advantage of edge-emitting light sources over VCSELs is that they can emit greater output powers. As a general rule, outside of ophthalmetry, most OCT imaging applications need a minimum of 20 mW of laser output power to maintain image quality when operating at faster scan rates. To reach this goal, the MEMS-VCSEL is coupled with a semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA) to achieve greater than 30 mW of power. An additional advantage of this postamplification scheme is that the SOA reshapes the MEMSVCSEL output spectrum such that it is more uniform.
Low Cost
Fabrication of a MEMS-VCSEL Source The VCSEL wafer process begins with a multiple quantum well (MQW) active region (A) that is grown on an InP substrate (B) and bonded to a GaAs-based mirror (C) grown on a GaAs substrate (D).
B A C D
The InP substrate is chemically etched down to a strategically located stop-etch layer (E). The GaAs-based mirror is oxidized to create a wideband dielectric mirror (F).
E F
G
H
After removal of the stop-etch layer, an AR coating (G) and annular MEMS bottom actuator contact (H) are deposited on top of the MQW active region.
I Next, a sacrificial layer (I) of a specifically designed thickness and composition is deposited.
K J
A membrane layer (J) and annular top MEMS actuator contact (K) are then deposited on top of the sacrificial layer.
Finally, a dielectric mirror (L)
L Although OCT was originally developed for medical imaging is deposited and patterned. The top MEMS contact is further applications, the high cost is still prohibitive to allowing wide patterned to complete creation of the actuator. The sacrificial layer spread adoption across medical applications, such as dermatology is undercut to leave a suspended, and dentistry, and geographical markets, such as China and movable top mirror above the MQW structure, producing India. A unique aspect about MEMS-VCSELs compared to a VCSEL with MEMS-based other OCT swept laser sources is that both the gain material tuning element in a single device. and tuning element are integrated onto a single chip. Existing laser sources require separate manufacturing and assembly of the gain media and tuning element. Although the manufacturing process of MEMS-VCSELs is more involved than edge-emitters, we envision that the overall cost per source can be less. VCSELs can be tested throughout the manufacturing process, while still at the wafer level including final functional testing. Also, since VCSELs emit from the top surface, they can be more densely packed within a wafer. These two aspects, along with the integrated manufacturing of the gain media and tuning element, potentially result in a much higher device yield, which translates to a lower manufacturing cost per device. 198
Imaging Components
OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT
a
b
c
The MEMS-VCSEL cavity consists of very few optical components, which can often cause noise and etalon-based artifacts. As shown in this series of images of a roll of scotch tape, the individual layers of the roll of tape can be resolved at different reference arm delays: (a) 0.5 mm, (b) 2.5 mm, and (c) 5.0 mm. The total display depth range in these images is 8 mm.
MEMS-VSCEL Fabrication A special feature of the MEMS-VCSEL is that it is scalable for different wavelengths. Through innovative combinations of gain materials and dielectric mirrors, a wide wavelength range in the visible to near infrared can be reached, enabling expansion of this new family of light sources. Along with all the development work required to design a MEMS-VCSEL, Thorlabs is ramping up to support production of these devices. Building off of a thirteen-year history of manufacturing of semiconductor-based components, Thorlabsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Quantum Electronics (TQE) division is well positioned for manufacturing these devices at their 60,000 ft2 facility. At TQE there already exists a semiconductor fabrication and device packaging facility that will be further expanded for MEMS-VCSEL manufacturing. Additionally, skilled personnel are already available who have years of experience in volume manufacturing of semiconductor active optical devices such as lasers, SLDs, amplifiers, and modulators.
En face (XY) OCT images of a plant leaf acquired with a MEMS-VCSEL OCT system operating at 200 kHz line rate. Image size: 6 mm (L) x 6 mm (W) x 100 um step (D)
Beyond the already existing wafer fabrication capability and hermetic packaging knowledge, additional capabilities and equipment are necessary to accommodate mass production of MEMS-VCSELs. Thorlabs is dedicated to building the infrastructure and capabilities towards making these devices available to not only the clinical imaging market but also core researchers who desire such sources for their particular application. With the proper design, MEMS-VCSELs are capable of advancing optical coherence tomography into new applications. Unlike other commercially available swept laser sources for OCT, the MEMS-VCSEL can provide high speed, a wide spectral tuning range, and long coherence length in a single device.
MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
As we develop this light source, we look forward to finding new and exciting applications for its use. Updates on this technology will be posted at www.thorlabs.com. Please contact us to discuss how a MEMS-VCSEL may advance your research.
Thorlabs Quantum Electronics (TQE)
Located in Jessup, MD, our TQE team has fully qualified the 1300 nm MEMS-VCSEL as being ready for production. An extensive reliability test plan, including artificial aging, was successfully completed in 2013, culminating in the full release of the 1300 nm swept source lasers. A 1050 nm version is now in development. The manufacturing of the MEMS-VCSEL devices will also take place in the TQE foundry. This foundry includes MBE and MOCVD wafer growth, photolithography, etching, thin-film deposition, dicing, optical coating, laser welding, automated pigtailing, and final device and system-level packaging. This is all housed in a 60,000-square-foot facility that incorporates class 100, 1000, and 10,000 clean rooms. 199
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
OCT Light Sources for Spectral Domain OCT Features Integrated Optical Isolator for Enhanced Output Stability n FC/APC-Terminated Fiber Pigtail Minimizes Optical Feedback n Integrated TEC and Thermistor for Temperature Control n Hermetically Sealed 14-Pin Butterfly Package n
SLD1325
Thorlabs offers two Superluminescent Diode (SLD) light source options for integration into Spectral Domain OCT systems: the high-power, broadband 1325 nm SLD featured here and the extended SLD source featured on the following page. The SLD shown here is hermetically sealed in a 14-pin butterfly package and includes a built-in thermoelectric cooler and thermistor for temperature control. Each device goes through burn-in screening, mechanical robustness testing, and characterization testing before being packaged. The output is coupled into an SM fiber terminated with an FC/APC connector. SLDs in butterfly packages are excellent highpower broadband light sources for use as ASE light sources and in applications like optical coherence tomography (OCT) imaging systems and fiber optic gyroscopes (FOGs). Each SLD is shipped with its own characterization sheet.
Typical Emission Spectrum of an SLD1325 1.0
Normalized Intensity
0.8
0.6
SPECIFICATIONS
0.4
0.2
0.0
1250
1300
1350
1400
Center Wavelength
1325 nm
Bandwidth (FWHM)
>100 nm
Fiber-Coupled Power
>10 mW
SLD Injection Current (Max)
780 mA
Voltage (Max)
1450
4V
Operating Temperature Range
Wavelength (nm)
Fiber Pigtail ITEM # SLD1325
PRICE $
0 to 40 °C SMF-28e+, 1 m, FC/APC Connector
DESCRIPTION
3,210.00
FC/APC Pigtailed SLD, 1325 nm, >100 nm FWHM
Driver
Mount Visit www.thorlabs.com for Details
ITC4001
Features n Low
n Butterfly
Noise SLD Driver n High Stability Temperature Controller n Constant Power ITEM # PRICE ITC4001 $ 2,960.00
200
Features
n External
Modulation Input n Two Operation Modes n Constant Current
DESCRIPTION Benchtop Laser Diode/TEC Controller, 1 A/96 W
Package Mount LM14S2 n Laser-Enabled LED Indicator n User-Defined Pin Out Configuration n Compatible with all 14-Pin Butterfly Laser Diodes, Like the SLD1325 Sold Above ITEM # PRICE DESCRIPTION LM14S2 $ 330.48 Universal 14-Pin Butterfly Laser Diode Mount
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT Light Sources for Spectral Domain OCT
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Dual
LS2000B Extended Broadband SLD Light Source for High Resolution OCT Systems
SLD Light Sources for Broadband Spectral Output n 1300 nm Center Wavelength n Fiber-Coupled Power: > 10 mW n Independent Enable/Disable and Output Power Control for Each SLD n Remote Control via USB
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
This extended broadband Superluminescent Diode (SLD) source for integration into Spectral Domain OCT (SD-OCT) systems is an alternative solution to the pigtailed SLD sold on the previous page. In OCT imaging systems, the optical bandwidth of the light source is inversely proportional to the axial resolution. To provide higher axial resolution than currently possible with a single SLD, we offer an extended broadband SLD light source, which contains two handpicked SLDs. The outputs of the two fiber-pigtailed SLDs are fiber coupled together to provide a single extended bandwidth (>170 nm) light source. This extended light source can be used in SD-OCT imaging systems to produce images with a resolution of ~3 µm in biological (n = 1.33) samples. The LS2000B extended broadband SLD light source packages the matched-pair SLDs into a single compact housing measuring 320 mm x 269 mm x 64 mm. The LS2000B front panel provides
independent control of the output of each SLD. In addition, each SLD has a front panel enable/ disable output button as well as a reset to the factory configuration.
SPECIFICATIONS Matched-Pair SLD Characteristics Channels 1 2 3 SLD Output SLD A SLD B A+B Center Wavelength (Typical) 1225 nm 1340 nm 1300 nm FWHM Wavelength (Typical) 80 nm 110 nm 180 nm 10 dB Bandwidth (Typical) 100 nm 150 nm 235 nm Fiber-Coupled Power >10 mW per channel Noise (Typical) <0.2% (Source Dependent) Controller Characteristics Adjustment Range 0 - Full Power Temperature Control 14 to 30 °C Operating Temperature 10 - 30 °C Fiber/Connector SMF-28e+, FC/APC
Sample SLD Emission Ch4 SLD A+B
Ch 2 SLD B
40
FWHM 80 nm
FWHM 110 nm
30 20 10 0 1150
< 3 dB
20
60
Emission Intensity (µW)
Emission Intensity (µW)
70
50
1200
1250
1300
1350
FLIM Source
There are three FC/APC fiber connectors in the front panel. Two are for access to the output of each SLD, while the other provides extended bandwidth output from the combined pair of SLDs. This combochannel provides a bandwidth in excess of 170 nm and output power greater than 10 mW.
Sample SLD Emission Ch1 SLD A
Optical Filters
1400
1450
Wavelength (nm)
Channels 1 and 2 on the LS2000B are the output* of SLD A and SLD B respectively.
15 10 FWHM ~ 200 nm 5 0 1150
1200
1250 1300 1350 Wavelength (nm)
1400
1450
Channel 3 of the LS2000B is the combined output* of SLD A and SLD B.
*Spatial noise from water absorption lines is present in the measurement at wavelength greater than 1350 nm.
ITEM # LS2000B
$
PRICE 12,910.00
DESCRIPTION Extended Broadband SLD Light Source, 1325 nm, FWHM > 170 nm
201
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
Dispersion Compensators and Scan Lenses: Overview Scan Lenses
Dispersion Compensators
n AR-Coated
n AR
for 850/1050 or 1315 nm n Magnification: 1.6X, 3X, 5X, or 10X n See Pages 204 - 205
Coated for 800 – 1400 nm with All Thorlabs Scan Lenses n See Page 203 n Compatible
Dispersion Compensators
Objective Lenses Optical Filters
LSM02DC
LSM03DC
LSM05DC
FLIM Source
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Spectral Domain OCT
Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source
1
CIR
PC
2
Reference Arm VA M C
Broadband Light Source
FC
3
PC
Reference Arm VA M C
FC Grating
Balanced Detector
Sample Arm
FC: Fiber Coupler VA: Variable Attenuator PC: Polarization Controller M: Mirror C: Collimator CIR: Circulator
Sample Arm
CCD
Spectrometer
Scan Lenses
LSM02
LSM03
LSM04-BB
1315 nm 10X
1315 nm 3X
850/1050 nm 3X
Thorlabs’ scanning objective lenses were designed to improve the performance of Thorlabs’ OCT imaging systems. This type of objective lens is usually called a scan lens because a laser beam is scanned across the back aperture of the objective lens in order to form the image of the sample. Each position that the laser is scanned over corresponds to one point in the image formed. This approach results in a focal spot on the sample that is not, in general, coincident with the optical axis of the scan lens. 202
Thorlabs’ dispersion compensators are designed to match the dispersion of our scan lenses. They are meant to be placed in the reference arm before the mirror, while the scan lens sits in the sample arm (see schematics above). Thus, there is an identical amount of dispersion in each leg of the interferometer. TYPE Dispersion Compensators Scan Lenses
DESIGN WAVELENGTH
PAGES
800 – 1400 nm
203
850/1050 or 1315 nm
204 - 205
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dispersion Compensators
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Dispersion
Compensation up to Second Order n AR Coated: 800 – 1400 nm n Mounted in an Engraved SM1 Series Lens Tube
LSM02DC
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
LSM03DC
OCT Components Objective Lenses
LSM04DC
Optical Filters
LSM05DC
FLIM Source
Thorlabs’ dispersion compensators are single glass compensation blocks whose glass type and thickness were chosen to match the dispersion of the LSM objective lenses featured on the previous page. Each compensator is mounted in an engraved 1" long SM1-threaded (1.035"-40) lens tube and AR coated for the 800 nm to 1400 nm wavelength range (see graph below). Typical Reflectance of LSMxxDC Dispersion Compensators
% Reflectance
1.0 0.8
1315 nm 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 750
850
950
1050
1150
1250
1350
1450
Wavelength (nm) 30.5 mm (1.20")
ITEM #
LSM02DC
LSM03DC
LSM04DC
LSM05DC
Compatible Scan Lenses
LSM02 LSM02-BB
LSM03 LSM03-BB
LSM04 LSM04-BB
LSM05 LSM05-BB
N-SF8
N-SK4
N-BAK1
H-ZF7LA
Material
29.2 mm (1.15")
Wavelength Range
26.2 mm (1.03")
Diameter
SM1 External Thread (1.035"-40)
800 – 1400 nm 1" (25.4 mm)
Clear Aperture
22.8 mm
Surface Quality
40-20 Scratch-Dig
Wavefront Error
l/4
Thickness Tolerance
±0.1 mm
Diameter Tolerance
+0/-0.2 mm
ITEM # LSM02DC
$
PRICE 98.00
DESCRIPTION Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM02 or LSM02-BB Objective Lens
LSM03DC
$
98.00
Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM03 or LSM03-BB Objective Lens
LSM04DC
$
98.00
Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM04 or LSM04-BB Objective Lens
LSM05DC
$
98.00
Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM05 or LSM05-BB Objective Lens
203
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Scan Lenses
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
LSM02 M25 x 0.75 Threading
THORLABS
LSMO2 EFL=18 LWD=7.5
27.6 mm 23.2 mm
LSM05
M25 x 0.75 Threading
M25 x 0.75 Threading
THORLABS
LSMO3 EFL=36 LWD=25.1
Ø33 mm
30 mm 25.5 mm
SM2 (2.035"-40) Threading
43 mm THORLABS
66.5 mm
38.5 mm
61.0 mm
LSMO4 EFL=54 LWD=42.3
THORLABS
LSMO5 EFL=109.9 LWD=95.3
Ø34 mm
Ø34 mm
Ø59.5 mm
Features n Telecentric
Objectives Maintain Uniform Spot Size Over 15° Scan Range n >93% Transmission Efficiency from 800 - 1400 nm n Ideal for OCT Applications n Magnification: 1.6X, 3X, 5X, or 10X n AR Coating: 1315 nm or 850/1050 nm
Adapter Kit for OCT Scan Lenses An adapter kit is available that makes it possible to interchange the scan lenses in our OCT systems without sending the system back to us, making the OCT system a more versatile, general-purpose device. Alternatively, another lens may be requested during the initial ordering process. Please contact us for more details on this kit. 204
LSM04
LSM03
Thorlabs’ telecentric objectives are ideal for use in laser scanning applications like Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT). These applications benefit from the flat image plane that telecentric objectives offer as a laser beam is scanned across the sample. A flat image plane minimizes image distortion, which in turn creates geometrically correct images without the need for post-image processing. In addition to offering a flat image plane, a telecentric scan lens maximizes the coupling of the light scattered or emitted from the sample into the detection system. The spot size in the image plane is also nearly constant over the entire field of view, resulting in constant image resolution. The LSM02, LSM03, LSM04, and LSM05 are AR coated to minimize back reflections from broadband sources with a central wavelength around 1315 nm, whereas the -BB series is coated for reflection minima centered at 850 and 1050 nm in a single lens.
Scanning Distance (SD): The SD is the distance between the galvo mirror pivot point and the back mounting plate of the objective. The galvo mirror pivot point must be located at the back focal plane of the objective to maximize image resolution. Pupil Size (EP): The size of the EP determines the ideal 1/e2 collimated beam diameter to maximize the resolution of the imaging system. Working Distance (WD or LWD): The distance between the tip of the scan lens housing and the front focal plane of the scan lens is defined as the WD. Depth of View (DOV): The DOV corresponds to the distance between the front focal plane and a parallel plane where the beam spot size has increased by a factor of √2. Field of View (FOV): The FOV is the maximum scan area on the sample that can be imaged with a resolution equal to or better than the stated resolution of the scan lens. Parfocal Distance (PD): The PD is the distance from the scan lens mounting plane to the front focal plane of the scan lens. Scan Angle (SA): The SA is the maximum allowed angle between the beam and the optical axis of a scan lens after being reflected from the galvo mirror.
Galvo Mirror Scanning Distance
Objective Length
OCT Objective Lens Parfocal Distance
Working Distance FOV
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Scan Lenses Typical Reflectance of AR Coatings on BB LSM Scan Lens Elements
Typical Reflectance of 1315 nm LSM Scan Lens Elements
0.4
Femtosecond Technologies
1315 ± 65 nm
0.8
% Reflectance
% Reflectance
1.0
0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 750
800
850
900
950
1000
Wavelength (nm)
1050
1100
0.2
Confocal Accessories
0.1 0.0 1150
1150
Multiphoton Subsystems
0.3
The LSMxx-BB telecentric objectives have a broadband AR coating that maximizes the transmission of the objectives in bands around 850 nm and 1050 nm.
1200
1250
1300
Wavelength (nm)
1350
1400
1450
The LSMxx telecentric objectives have an AR coating that maximizes the transmission of the objectives in a band around 1315 nm.
LSM02-BB
Magnification
LSM03-BB
10X
LSM04-BB
5X
LSM05-BB
3X
1.6X
Design Wavelengths
850 nm
1050 nm
850 nm
1050 nm
850 nm
1050 nm
850 nm
1050 nm
Wavelength Range
±40 nm
±50 nm
±40 nm
±50 nm
±40 nm
±50 nm
±40 nm
±50 nm
110 mm
110 mm
Effective Focal Length (EFL)*
17.93 mm 17.97 mm 35.78 mm 35.88 mm 53.61 mm 53.79 mm
Lens Working Distance (LWD)
7.5 mm
Scanning Distance (SD) (Distance from Pupil Position to Mounting Plane)
16.1 mm
25.1 mm
25.0 mm
42.3 mm
42.2 mm
18.9 mm
Pupil Size (1/e2) (EP)
93.7 mm 75.5 mm
4 mm
Depth of View (DOV) Field of View (FOV) Parfocal Distance (PD) Mean Spot Size (S) (1/e2 Beam Diameter in the Field of Focus)
8 mm
0.12 mm
0.58 mm
1.15 mm
1.2 mm
4.7 mm x 4.7 mm
9.4 mm x 9.4 mm
14.1 mm x 14.1 mm
28.9 mm x 28.9 mm
30.7 mm
50.5 mm
80.7 mm
9 µm
11 µm
17 µm
21 µm
Scan Angle (SA)
24 µm
29 µm
154.8 mm 19 µm
29 µm
±7.5º
* Changes in the EFL due to wavelength are not the same as chromatic focal shift. A change in the EFL indicates a change in the location of the principal plane and hence the magnification of the scan lens. Chromatic focal shift is a wavelength dependent axial deviation in the position of the beam waist.
1315 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # Magnification
LSM02
LSM03
LSM04
LSM05
10X
5X
3X
1.6X
Design Wavelength
1315 nm
Wavelength Range
±65 nm
Effective Focal Length (EFL)*
18.02 mm
35.98 mm
53.99 mm
110 mm
Lens Working Distance (LWD)
7.5 mm
25.1 mm
42.3 mm
93.7 mm
Scanning Distance (SD) (Distance from Pupil Position to Mounting Plane)
16.1 mm
Pupil Size (1/e2) (EP)
18.9 mm
75.5 mm
4 mm
Depth of View (DOV) Field of View (FOV) Parfocal Distance (PD) Mean Spot Size (S) (1/e2 Beam Diameter in the Field of Focus) Scan Angle (SA)
OCT Components Objective Lenses
850/1050 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM #
Microscopy Stages
Optical Filters FLIM Source
Additional specifications for our scan lenses are available on our website. The data includes specifications on the chromatic performance of the lens as well as plots that show spot size as a function of scan angle.
8 mm
0.12 mm
0.58 mm
1.15 mm
1.2 mm
4.7 mm x 4.7 mm
9.4 mm x 9.4 mm
14.1 mm x 14.1 mm
28.9 mm x 28.9 mm
30.7 mm
50.6 mm
80.8 mm
154.8 mm
13 µm
25 µm
35 µm
23.5 µm
±7.5º
* Changes in the EFL due to wavelength are not the same as chromatic focal shift. A change in the EFL indicates a change in the location of the principal plane and hence the magnification of the scan lens. Chromatic focal shift is a wavelength dependent axial deviation in the position of the beam waist.
850/1050 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # LSM02-BB
$
PRICE 1,550.00
DESCRIPTION 10X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 18 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm
LSM03-BB
$
979.00
5X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 36 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm
LSM04-BB
$
969.00
3X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 54 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm
LSM05-BB
$
969.00
1.6X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 110 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm
1315 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # LSM02
$
PRICE 1,510.00
DESCRIPTION 10X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 18 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm
LSM03
$
939.00
5X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 36 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm
LSM04
$
929.00
3X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 54 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm
LSM05
$
929.00
1.6X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 110 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm
205
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies
Interferometers: Overview Swept Source OCT
Schematic Diagram of a Swept Source OCT System
Swept Laser Source
Multiphoton Subsystems
Reference Arm VA
PC 1
Confocal Accessories
CIR
2 FC
3
Microscopy Stages
Balanced Detector
OCT Components
M
C
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Sample Arm
Objective Lenses
FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Optical Filters FLIM Source
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial INT-MSI-1300
INT-COM-1300
Michelson-Type Interferometer, 1250 - 1350 nm, 15 MHz
Common-Path Interferometer Module 1300 nm
Mach Zehnder
Michelson Type
Common Path
n Two Models: 850 nm or 1300 nm n Ideal for Swept Source Output Frequency Monitoring n Integrated Detection Circuit n See Page 207
n Wavelength Range: 1250 – 1350 nm n Ideal for High-Sensitivity Swept Source OCT n Integrated Balanced Detector n See Page 208
n Wavelength
Range: 1250 – 1350 nm n Ideal for OCT Systems where the Reference and Sample Arms Share an Optical Path n Integrated Balanced Detector n See Page 209
To obtain cross-sectional images with micron-level resolution in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems, an interferometer is set up to measure optical path length differences between light reflected from the sample and reference arms (see page 73 for details). Thorlabs’ SS-OCT systems contain a Mach-Zehnder interferometer, which allows for a k-clock signal to monitor the output power and wavelength of the laser. Thorlabs also offers Michelson-Type and Common-Path interferometers, both of which offer aiming laser capabilities. The former features a balanced detector with two InGaAs photodetectors for use in high-sensitivity SS-OCT systems, while the latter is intended for use in SS-OCT systems where the reference and sample arm signals arise from the same optical path. 206
CENTER WAVELENGTH
PAGE
Mach Zehnder
850 or 1300 nm
207
Michelson Type
1300 nm
208
Common Path
1300 nm
209
TYPE
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Interferometers: Mach Zehnder
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Center
Wavelength: 850 nm or 1300 nm n Ideal for Swept Source Output Frequency Monitoring with Balanced Detection Output n Insertion Loss: <3 dB n Flat Wavelength Response n Integrated Signal Detection for Power Monitor and k-Clock Signals n Compact Design: 120 mm x 80 mm x 16 mm n Power Supply Included
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
INT-MZI-1300
Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available
Thorlabs’ series of Mach-Zehnder interferometer modules are designed to be used for constructing Swept Source OCT systems with a central wavelength of 850 nm or 1300 nm. The internal fiber couplers are optimized for flat wavelength responses and coupling losses that have a very low polarization dependence, which make the output signals independent of input polarization changes. The modules have an integrated detection circuit with an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier to provide a power monitor signal as well as a k-clock signal to monitor both the output power and wavelength of a swept laser source. Both outputs have a 200 MHz bandwidth, and the k-clock includes a balanced detector to maximize rejection of common mode noise.
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Figure 1. Sample Setup of INT-MZI-1300
ITEM #
INT-MZI-850
INT-MZI-1300
Wavelength Range
780 - 925 nm
1225 - 1375 nm
Free Spectral Range*
103.3 GHz (±5%)
Insertion Loss**
<1.5 dB (Typical), 3 dB (Max)
Power Monitor Bandwidth
<0.7 dB (Typical), 1 dB (Max) DC - 200 MHz (3 dB)
MZI Output Bandwidth
DC - 200 MHz (3 dB)
Fiber
780-HP
Dimensions (W x H x D)
SMF-28e+ 120 mm x 80 mm x 16 mm (4.72" x 3.5" x 0.63")
*Custom models with choice of Free Spectral Range are available; please contact technical support for more information. **Includes connector losses for the input and output pigtail, measured at central wavelength
Rapidly swept laser sources typically use sinusoidal tuning elements to achieve the very fast optical frequency sweep speeds required for OCT imaging applications. Accurate and reliable re-calibration of the OCT signal is required so that the final data points are evenly spaced in frequency. The Thorlabs swept source laser features a built-in Mach-Zehnder Interferometer (MZI) with balanced detector output that can be used for just this purpose. A frequency clock is derived from the zero crossings of the MZI interference fringe signal; these zero crossings are equally spaced in optical frequency (k-space).
ITEM # INT-MZI-850
$
PRICE 1,810.00
DESCRIPTION 850 nm Mach-Zehnder Interferometer
INT-MZI-1300
$
1,810.00
1300 nm Mach-Zehnder Interferometer
207
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Interferometers: Michelson Type
Femtosecond Technologies
Thorlabs’ Michelson Interferometer Modules ease the task of building Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems for both our research and industry customers. Each module contains a fiber coupler network with outputs for both reference and sample arms. The internal couplers are optimized to ensure the output signal is insensitive to changes in the input polarization.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Objective Lenses
Both modules offered here have an integrated balanced detector based on two InGaAs photodetectors for use in high sensitivity SS-OCT applications. The modules also feature an additional input for a 660 nm (±30 nm) aiming laser to assist in the alignment of the sample arm OCT beam. The housing includes FC/APC-angled fiber adapters for easy coupling to both the sample and reference arms.
INT-MSI-1300B
OCT Components
Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available
Optical Filters FLIM Source
WDM
Aiming Laser
Circulator
Broadband Source
Reference Arm
50/50
Scanning Mirror
Sample Arm Sample
Data Acquisition Device
INT-MSI-1300
Figure 2: Sample Setup of INT-MSI-1300 in an OCT System
Internal Fiber Network
Features n <5
dB Coupling Loss n Flat Wavelength Response (See Figure 3) n Input for Aiming Beam (660 nm) to Aid Alignment n Power Supply Included n DC to 15 MHz or DC to 100 MHz Bandwidths Available
Figure 2 above shows a sample setup of the INT-MSI-1300 Interferometer in an SS-OCT system. The incoming broadband light source, which has a central wavelength of 1300 nm, passes through a circulator and a broadband 50/50 coupler. Back-reflected light from both the sample and reference arms of the interferometer are combined in the 50/50 coupler, generating the interference fringe signals that pass through the circulator and the WDM coupler to the inputs of the balanced detector, the output of which is labeled as the data acquisition device in Fig. 2. ITEM #
1300 nm IN --> Output Ports (%)
100
Output Bandwidth (3 dB) Transimpedance Gain Saturation Power**
60
Input Power Laser (Max)**
InGaAs/PIN DC to 15 MHz
DC to 100 MHz
51 kV/A
100 kV/A
70 µW
35 µW
250 mW
250 mW
Aiming Laser Wavelength Range
40
Path Length Difference
630 - 690 nm <0.1 mm (Typical), 0.2 mm (Max)
Peak Responsivity
20
1.0 A/W
Fiber Type
SMF-28e+
Input/Output Port
1250
1300
1350
Wavelength (nm) Figure 3: Coupling of the INT-MSI-1300/INT-MSI-1300B measured from the 1300 nm IN port to the SAMPLE and REFERENCE ARM ports.
1400
Insertion Loss* 1300 nm to Sample Arm and Reference Arm Insertion Loss* for 660 nm to Probe Dimensions (W x H x D)
INT-MSI-1300B
1250 - 1350 nm
Detector Material/Type
Reference Arm Sample Arm
80
0 1200
208
INT-MSI-1300
Wavelength Range
FC/APC <4.2 dB (Typical), 5.0 dB (Max) <3.0 dB (Typical), 4.5 dB (Max) 120 mm x 80 mm x 21 mm (4.72" x 3.15" x 0.83")
*Includes connector losses of the input and output pigtail, measured at the central wavelength. ** Conversion gain measured with respect to the output power using a high impedance load; the value is halved with a 50 Ω impedance.
ITEM # INT-MSI-1300
$
PRICE 2,310.00
DESCRIPTION 1300 nm, 15 MHz Michelson-Type Interferometer
INT-MSI-1300B
$
2,310.00
1300 nm, 100 MHz Michelson-Type Interferometer
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Interferometers: Common Path Thorlabsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Common-Path Interferometer module is designed for common-path Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) applications where the reference and sample arm signals arise from the same optical path. Internal couplers are optimized for flat wavelength response and coupling losses that have a very low polarization dependence. The interferometer module includes FC/APC-angled fiber adapters on all external connections. All internal connections are fusion spliced. To simplify alignment, we have added an additional input for a 660 nm (Âą30 nm) aiming laser. This module is intended for constructing an SS-OCT system with an interferometer that follows a common path configuration, similar to that shown in Fig. 4 below. The probe interfaced with this module has a reference arm and sample arm. Reflections from both arms are combined to produce interference fringes that are detected by one channel of the integrated balanced detector. The second channel of the detector may be used to offset the DC component of the interference signal by using an external variable optical attenuator to control the amount of light reaching the second detector channel. The integrated balanced detector utilizes two InGaAs photodetectors. The RF output signal from the ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier is proportional to the difference between the two photocurrents, which reduces common-mode noise.
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
INT-COM-1300
Features n 2.3
dB Coupling Loss Wavelength Response (See Figures 5 and 6 Below) n Input for 660 nm Alignment Beam n Compact Design n Power Supply Included n Flat
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available Sample WDM
Probe
Slope Compensation
Variable Optical Attenuator
Aiming Laser
Circulator
OCT Laser
95/5
Figure 5: Wavelength response of coupling from the input to probe port.
Data Acquisition Device
INT-COM-1300 Figure 4: Sample Setup of INT-COM-1300 in an OCT System
SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength Range
1250 nm - 1350 nm
Insertion Loss from 1300 nm Input to Probe
<1.5 dB (Typical), 2.3 dB (Max)
Insertion Loss from 1300 nm Input to VOA Input
<17 dB (Typical), 20 dB (Max)
Insertion Loss from 660 nm Input to Probe Bandwidth (3 dB)
DC to 15 MHz 120 mm x 80 mm x 21 mm (4.72" x 3.15" x 0.83")
Dimensions (W x H x D)
ITEM # INT-COM-1300
<2 dB (Typical), 4 dB (Max)
PRICE $ 2,410.00
Figure 6: Wavelength response of coupling from the input to variable optical attenuator (VOA) input port.
DESCRIPTION 1300 nm, 15 MHz Common-Path OCT Interferometer
209
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT-Proven Broadband 2 x 2 Fiber-Optic Couplers
Femtosecond Technologies
Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Spectral Domain OCT 1
CIR
PC
2
3
Reference Arm VA M C
Broadband Light Source
PC
FC
FC Grating
Balanced Detector
Sample Arm
OCT Components
Sample Arm
CCD
FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Spectrometer
Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Features
FLIM Source
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Reference Arm VA M C
n Operating
Wavelengths: • 850 ± 40 nm • 850 ± 50 nm • 1060 ± 50 nm • 1310 ± 70 nm n Flat Spectral Response n Low Insertion Loss n Available Coupling Ratio: 99:1, 90:10, or 50:50 n FC/APC Connectors n Customized Fiber Lengths and Connectors Available
FC1310-70-50-APC
Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) systems require components that operate over a broad spectral range with minimal spectral dependency. Thorlabs’ OCT-proven couplers are tested to ensure minimal wavelengthdependent insertion loss variations, making them an ideal choice for integration into many custom-built OCT systems. The FC850, FC1060, and FC1310 series of OCT-proven broadband couplers are polarization-independent, passive, 2 x 2 single mode fiber optic components designed for use over larger bandwidths. An important consideration in the design of an OCT system is the flat spectral response of the components in the system. Shown below are the spectral response curves for the FC1310 series of couplers.
210
Spectral Uniformity for FC1310 Series 1.5
Change in Transmission (dB)
Each optical path is analyzed, yielding four traces for each coupler. For an operating bandwidth of 140 nm, the maximum variation of any optical path will not surpass 1.5 dB (2.0 dB @ 850 nm), and for an operating bandwidth of 100 nm, the maximum variation will not surpass 1.0 dB. This guarantees a flat response across a wide wavelength range, making these couplers perfect for broadband experiments and OCT imaging.
Optical Path Blue to Red Blue to White White to Red White to White
**For reference only** Device-Specific Curves will Vary
1.0 Δλ = 100 nm
0.5
0.0 1230
1270
1310
Wavelength (nm)
1350
1390
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT-Proven Broadband 2 x 2 Fiber-Optic Couplers
Femtosecond Technologies
1300 nm Test Setup
Experimental Test Procedure Step 1: A broadband light source is spectrally analyzed, and the trace is saved as Reference ‘A’.
Broadband Light Source (BW > 160 nm)
Step 2: This reference light is sent to the coupler; the output of the coupler is analyzed and saved as trace ‘B’ (Fig. 1 below).
Optical Spectrum Analyzer
FC/APC
Broadband Light Source (BW > 160 nm)
FC/APC
Confocal Accessories Optical Spectrum Analyzer
FC/APC
Coupler
Multiphoton Subsystems
Reference ‘A’
Coupler Output ‘B’
Microscopy Stages OCT Components
Step 3: These two traces are normalized to 0 dB so that they share a common reference intensity (Fig. 2 below).
Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Step 4: The difference between these normalized curves is calculated and plotted (Difference = A – B) in Fig. 3 below. The result is the spectral uniformity curve for the fiber coupler, showing the variation in dB across the wavelength band of interest.
Figure22: NormalizedSpectra Spectra Figure - Normalized
Intensity (dB)
-14 -17 -20 -23 1230
Reference ‘A’ Coupler Output ‘B’ 1310
1390
Wavelength (nm)
1.5
Figure 33:- Difference -B Figure Difference AA-B
0
Difference (dB)
Relative Intensity (dB)
Figure11: Raw Spectra Spectra Figure - Raw
FLIM Source
-3 Reference ‘A’ Coupler Output ‘B’ -6 1230
1310
Wavelength (nm)
1390
1.0
0.5 Difference A-B 0.0 1230
1310
1390
Wavelength (nm)
Specifications ITEM #
FC850-40-50-APC
Wavelength Range
FC850-50-10-APC
850 ± 40 nm
FC850-50-01-APC
850 ± 50 nm 780HP Ø900 µm Hytrel Tubing
Fiber Type Coupling Ratio (%) Insertion Loss
FC1060-50-50-APC
FC1310-70-50-APC
FC1310-70-10-APC
1060 ± 50 nm
1310 ± 70 nm
Corning HI1060
Corning SMF-28e+ Ø900 µm Hytrel Tubing
FC1310-70-01-APC
50:50
90:10
99:1
50:50
50:50
90:10
99:1
4.2/4.2 dB
0.9/13 dB
0.4/22 dB
3.7/3.7 dB
3.8/3.8 dB
0.8/12.7 dB
0.4/21.6 dB
Polarization Dependent Loss (PDL)
0.2 dB
Excess Loss
1.0 dB
Directivity
0.5 dB
0.15 dB 0.2 dB
55 dB
Port Configuration
0.5 dB 60 dB
2x2
Operating Temperature Range
-40 to 85 °C
Storage Temperature Range
-40 to 85 °C
Lead Length and Tolerance
1 m + 0.075/-0.0 m
Connectors
2.0 mm Narrow Key FC/APC
ITEM #
PRICE
DESCRIPTION
FC850-40-50-APC
$
260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 40 nm, 50:50, FC/APC
FC850-50-10-APC
$
260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 50 nm, 90:10, FC/APC
FC850-50-01-APC
$
260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 50 nm, 99:1, FC/APC
FC1060-50-50-APC
$
260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1060 nm ± 50 nm, 50:50, FC/APC
FC1310-70-50-APC
$
260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 50:50, FC/APC
FC1310-70-10-APC FC1310-70-01-APC
$ $
260.10 260.10
Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 90:10, FC/APC Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 99:1, FC/APC
211
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
OCT-Proven Broadband Circulator
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
n Polarization
Independent n Broadband Operating Wavelength Range: 1280 - 1400 nm n <1.6 dB Insertion Loss n 1 m Single Mode (SMF-28e+) Fiber with FC/APC Connectors n Ø900 µm Loose Protective Jacket n Customized Fiber Length and Connectorization Available
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Spectra
Swept Source OCT
Features
Swept Laser Source
1
CIR
2
3
Reference Arm VA M C
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Gratin
Balanced Detector
Sample Arm
FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Circulators are a component of the interferometer modules in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) systems. Fiber Optic Circulators, such as the CIR-1310-50-APC, guide light from the input fiber (Port 1) to the output fiber (Port 2). Light returning through the output fiber is redirected to a third fiber (Port 3) with minimal loss. The circulator isolates the input source (Port 1) from light returning from Port 2.
CCD
Port 2
Circulator
Wavelength Range
100%
Normalized coupling efficiency versus wavelength for the two beam propagation paths of a typical OCT-proven 1310 nm circulator (CIR-1310-50-APC). Port 1 ➝ 2 shows a mean coupling efficiency of 88%. Port 2 ➝ 3 shows a mean coupling efficiency of 86% and a standard deviation of 12%.
80% 60% 40% Port 2->3 Port 1->2
20% 0% 1280
Port 3
Port 1
Each OCT-Proven Broadband Circulator has been tested for optimal application in SS-OCT imaging system designs. An important consideration in the design of an OCT system is the flat spectral response of the components in the system. The CIR-1310-50-APC was chosen as an OCT-proven broadband circulator because of its flat spectral response over its operating range. SPECIFICATIONS 1310 nm Circulator Spectral Transmission
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
ITEM # CIR-1310-50-APC
$
>28 dB
Insertion Loss
<1.6 dB
Directivity (Port 1 ➝ 3) Return Loss Polarization-Dependent Loss Polarization Mode Dispersion Optical Power
50 dB 45 dB <0.2 dB <0.05 ps 500 mW (Max)
Operating Temperature
0 to 70 °C
Storage Temperature
-40 to 85 °C
Fiber Type Connector
PRICE 700.00
1280 - 1400 nm
Isolation
Pigtail Type and Length
Wavelength (nm)
SMF-28e+ Ø900 µm Loose Tube, 1.0 ± 0.1 m FC/APC (Angled) for Each Port
DESCRIPTION Broadband Fiber Circulator, 1280-1400 nm
Integrated Detection Modules Reference Arm
Scanning Mirror
Aiming Laser
Circulator
Broadband Source
50/50 Sample Arm Sample
212
WDM
INT-MSI-1300B
Data Acquisition Device
Broa Light
FC
CIR-1310-50-APC
FLIM Source
Normalized Coupling Efficiency
PC
Schematic of a Swept Source OCT imaging system. A key component in the imaging system is the INT-MSI-1300B Michelson-Type Interferometer (see page 208), which utilizes a CIR-1310-50-APC. In the interferometer, the circulator guides the light emitted by the broadband light source into the sample and reference arms of the OCT system. The light returning from the sample and reference arms is then guided to the detector.
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Aiming Beam Couplers: 660/1310 nm WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexers (WDMs) are an integral component of interferometer modules in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) systems that require an aiming laser. Thorlabs’ Michelson-Type and Common-Path interferometers contain a WDM inside the module (see pages 208 – 209). However, if you are building your own interferometer, a WDM can be included to add aiming beam functionality at 660 nm and 1310 nm (see schematic below).
WD202A2-FC
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS PARAMETERS
WD202A2
Operating Wavelength
660/1310 nm
Max Insertion Loss*
0.4 dB
Polarization Dependent Loss
<0.1 dB
Wavelength Bandwidth
±40 nm @ 1310 nm
Operating Temperature
-40 to 85 °C
Storage Temperature
-50 to 85 °C
Fiber Type
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Designed
for Coupling 660 nm Aiming Laser into 1310 nm Swept Source OCT System n <0.4 dB Insertion Loss @ 1310 nm n Flat (±3.5%) Spectral Response from 1250 nm to 1360 nm
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
Our WDM components can effectively combine (or separate) single mode signals at two wavelengths: 660 nm and 1310 nm. Based on the proven Fused Biconic Taper (FBT) technology, each of these multiplexers provides a broad operating wavelength range and low insertion loss. All of our WDM couplers are available with any connector style (FC/PC is standard, other connectors available upon request) and include Ø900 µm loose tubing to protect the fibers. Please visit www.thorlabs.com for WDMs with other wavelengths.
2
1310 nm
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
2.76" (70.0 mm)
Ø0.16" (4.0 mm) 1300/660 nm
0.5 m of SMF-28e+
Jacket
Ø900 µm Loose Tubing
3
630 – 690 nm
* Insertion loss will change depending on connector type; specified without connectors
Integrated Detection Module with Aiming Beam WDM
Aiming Laser
Circulator
Broadband Source
Reference Arm
50/50
Scanning Mirror
Sample Arm Sample
INT-MSI-1300
Data Acquisition Device
Setup of INT-MSI-1300 with a Michelson Interferometer module (see page 208). The WD202A2 660/1310 nm WDM is incorporated into Thorlabs’ SS-OCT Imaging System to provide users with a collinear aiming laser with the OCT imaging beam. Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.
Wavelength Division Multiplexers (WDM) ITEM # WD202A2
$
PRICE 272.90
WD202A2-FC
$
350.90
DESCRIPTION OCT-Proven 660/1310 nm Wavelength Division Multiplexer OCT-Proven 660/1310 nm Wavelength Division Multiplexer, FC/PC
213
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Fiber Polarization Controllers
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
FPC030
FPC020
Microscopy Stages
FPC560 For Bend-Sensitive Fibers
Spectral Domain OCT
Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source
1 3
Optical Filters
CIR
PC
2
Sample Arm
VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Sample Arm
CCD
Spectrometer
1.50
FPC030
1.06" (27 mm)
±117.5°
FPC031
1.06" (27 mm)
±117.5°
FPC032
1.06" (27 mm)
±117.5°
FPC560
2.2" (56 mm)
±117.5°
FPC561
2.2" (56 mm)
±117.5°
FPC562
214
2.2" (56 mm)
±117.5°
1.25
5π/2
1.00
2π
0.75
3π/2
0.50
π
0.25
π/2
0.00 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Wavelength (µm)
BEND LOSS N/A N/A ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB N/A ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB
1.50
Retardance (Waves)
±143°
3π
Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC560
1.25
5π/2 2π
1.00
3π/2
0.75 π
0.50
π/2
0.25
0.00 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Wavelength (µm)
These plots show the retardance per paddle for silica fiber with Ø125 µm cladding when used with paddles of three varying loop diameters (18, 27, and, 56 mm, respectively.)
Retardance (Radians)
0.71" (18 mm)
Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC030
Retardance (Radians)
FPC020
OPERATING FOOTPRINT WAVELENGTH CONNECTORS 3.06" x 0.5" N/A N/A (77.7 mm x 12.7 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" N/A N/A (216 mm x 25 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1625 nm FC/PC (216 mm x 25 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1625 nm FC/APC (216 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" N/A N/A (317.5 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1620 nm FC/PC (317.5 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1620 nm FC/APC (317.5 mm x 25 mm)
9π/2 4π 7π/2 3π 5π/2 2π 3π/2 π π/2 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Wavelength (µm)
Please check our website for detailed operating theory. PADDLE ROTATION
3.00 2.75 2.50 2.25 2.00 1.75 1.50 1.25 1.00 0.75 0.50 0.25 0.00
Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC020 Retardance (Radians)
These polarization controllers utilize stress-induced birefringence produced by wrapping fiber around two or three spools (item dependent) to create independent wave plates that alter the polarization of the transmitted light in the single mode fiber. The FPC031, FPC032, FPC561, and FPC562 fiber polarization controllers come preloaded with fiber.
LOOP DIAMETER
Reference Arm VA M C
FC
If your application includes single mode fiber and requires linearly polarized light, the FPC Series of Polarization Controllers can be easily implemented to convert elliptically polarized light in a single mode fiber into another state of polarization, including linearly polarized light. This polarization conversion is achieved by loading the paddles with a prescribed number of fiber loops and adjusting their positions to control the output polarization state.
ITEM #
PC
Grating
FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Broadband Light Source
FC
Balanced Detector
FLIM Source
Reference Arm VA M C
Retardance (Waves)
Objective Lenses
Retardance (Waves)
OCT Components
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Fiber Polarization Controllers Note: The FPC030 and FPC020 Controllers work well with most of our single mode fibers. For fibers with higher bend loss (e.g., SMF-28e+), we recommend FPC560, which has larger paddles. Convert Between Linearly and Elliptically Polarized Light
l/2
l/4
These fiber polarization controllers allow the user to convert linearly polarized light to elliptically polarized light, to rotate linearly polarized light, or to achieve arbitrary polarization states.
Output Polarization
l/4
These images show an ideal case. The fractional retardance of each paddle depends upon many factors, including the wavelength, the number of fiber loops, and the fiber type.
Input Polarization
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Rotate Linearly Polarized Light l/2
l/4
Output Polarization
Achieve Arbitrary Polarization States
l/4
l/2
l/4
Output Polarization
FLIM Source
l/4
Input Polarization
Input Polarization
ITEM # FPC020
$
PRICE 187.68
DESCRIPTION Miniature 2-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller
FPC030
$
193.80
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, No Fiber
FPC031
$
237.05
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, FC/PC Connectors, CCC1310-J9 Fiber
FPC032
$
257.45
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, FC/APC Connectors, CCC1310-J9 Fiber
FPC560
$
215.42
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, No Fiber
FPC561
$
258.67
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, FC/PC Connectors, SMF-28e+ Fiber
FPC562
$
279.07
3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, FC/APC Connectors, SMF-28e+ Fiber
Compatible with SMF-28e+ Fiber
In-Line Fiber Polarization Controller Features
The PLC-900 polarization controller is ideal for applications that n Insensitive to Wavelength Variations require a stable, compact, manual controller. It is designed to be n For Ø900 µm Tight-Buffered Fiber used with Ø900 µm jacketed single mode fiber. Simply place the n Compact 1" x 3" (25.4 mm x 76.2 mm) Footprint fiber in a channel and hold in place with end-clamps. An adjustable knob allows the fiber to be squeezed and PLC-900 rotated, providing the ability to convert an Specifications arbitrary input state of polarization into any n Insertion Loss: <0.05 dB other state of polarization; any point on the n Return Loss: >65 dB Poincare sphere may be set. A separate knob is used to lock the controller into position. n Extinction Ratio: >40 dB ITEM # PLC-900
$
PRICE 510.00
DESCRIPTION In-Line Fiber Polarization Controller for Ø900 µm Tight-Buffered Fiber
215
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Balanced Detectors: Overview
Femtosecond Technologies
Swept Source OCT
Multiphoton Subsystems
Schematic Diagram of a Swept Source OCT System
Swept Laser Source
Reference Arm VA
PC Confocal Accessories
1
CIR
C
2 FC
3
Microscopy Stages Balanced Detector
OCT Components
M
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial
Sample Arm
Objective Lenses FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator
Optical Filters FLIM Source
PDB420A PolarizationIndependent Balanced Detector
INT-POL-1300
OR
Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector
See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial Polarization-Independent Balanced Detectors
Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector
n Fiber-Coupled
n Fiber-Coupled
and Free-Space Inputs n Wavelengths Between 320 and 1700 nm n See Pages 217 - 220
Thorlabs’ Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems incorporate polarization-independent balanced detectors, which use common mode rejection and autocorrelated noise suppression to improve image quality and signal-to-noise ratio. In the diagram above, which shows the light path in an SS-OCT system, light exiting the fiber coupler (labeled FC) is incident on each photodiode input of the balanced detector. The detector subtracts the two signals to identify and reduce noise. The output voltage can be read using an oscilloscope or other data acquisition device. See pages 208 – 209 for interferometer modules for OCT with balanced detectors already integrated into the package.
Inputs n Wavelengths Between 1270 and 1350 nm n See Page 221
Thorlabs’ balanced detectors are optimized for low DC offset and high transimpedance gain. The active lowpass anti-aliasing filter incorporated into the design helps remove the frequency aliasing effect associated with high-frequency signal digitization processes. SELECTION GUIDE Wavelength 320 - 1000 nm 800 - 1700 nm
Type
DC - 15 MHz DC - 75 MHz DC - 100 MHz DC - 200 MHz
Optimized for 1060 nm
DC - 400 MHz 30 kHz - 1 GHz
Optimized for 1300 nm
DC - 400 MHz 30 kHz - 1.6 GHz
1270 - 1350 nm
216
Available Bandwidths
DC - 15 MHz
Page 217 218
Polarization Independent 219 220 Polarization Diversity
221
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 320 – 1000 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features Range: 320 – 1000 nm n Switchable Power Supply Included n Inputs Adaptable to Free-Space and Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >35 dB (Typical)
Multiphoton Subsystems
These balanced detectors for the 320 – 1000 nm range each feature a pair of well-matched silicon photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The two photodetectors are matched to achieve an excellent common mode rejection ratio, leading to better noise reduction.
OCT Components
n Wavelength
PDB410A
Responsivity (A/W)
0.6
Si Photodiode Responsivity
Each input features a removable FC input connector, making them suitable for either free space or fiber-coupled applications. The inputs on these detectors are not fibercoupled to the photodiodes.
0.4
0.2
0.0 320
456
592
728
864
1000
Wavelength (nm)
ITEM #
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 1 MHz.
PDB440A
PDB420A
Detector Type
PDB410A
PDB460A
DC – 100 MHz
DC – 200 MHz
Si/PIN
Wavelength Range
320 – 1000 nm
Bandwidth (3 dB)
DC – 15 MHz
DC – 75 MHz
Peak Responsivity
0.53 A/W
Active Detector Diameter
0.53 A/W
0.8 mm
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
0.8 mm
>35 dB
Transimpedance Gain* Conversion Gain RF-Output
>25 dB (>35 dB Typical)
51 x 103 V/A
250 x 103 V/A
50 x 103 V/A
30 x 103 V/A
103
103
103
16 x 103 V/W
27 x
V/W
Conversion Gain Monitor Output
133 x
V/W
26.5 x
V/W
10 V/mW @ 820 nm
CW Saturation Power RF-Output NEP (Min)
130 µW @ 820 nm
27 µW @ 820 nm
135 µW @ 820 nm
225 µW @ 820 nm
6.4 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
6.5 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
7 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
13.2 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
Optical Inputs
FC/PC or FC/APC (Removable)
Photodiode Damage Threshold
20 mW
RF Output Impedance
50 W
Post Mounting
Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws
Dimensions
85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")
Power Supply
±12 VDC @ 200 mA, 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage
*Transimpedance Gain is reduced by a factor of two for 50 W loads
ITEM #* PDB440A
$
PRICE 1,335.00
DESCRIPTION Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 15 MHz
PDB420A
$
1,235.30
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 75 MHz
PDB410A
$
1,110.00
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 100 MHz
PDB460A
$
1,355.00
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 200 MHz
*Add -AC to the Item # for a version with AC-Coupling.
217
Imaging Components
Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 800 – 1700 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Wavelength
Range: 800 – 1700 nm n Switchable Power Supply Included n Inputs Adaptable to Free Space and Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >35 dB (Typical)
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
InGaAs Photodiode Responsivity
1.2 1.0 Responsivity (A/W)
MOM Upgrade Kit
0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
Wavelength (nm)
PDB440C
These balanced detectors for the 800 – 1700 nm range each feature a pair of well-matched silicon photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The two photodetectors are matched to achieve an excellent common mode rejection ratio, leading to better noise reduction. The inputs of each detector (except the PDB460C) feature a removable FC input connector, making them suitable for either free space or fiber-coupled applications. The inputs on these detectors are not fiber-coupled to the photodiodes. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 1 MHz. ITEM #
PDB440C
PDB420C
PDB410C
Detector Type Wavelength Range
800 – 1700 nm
Bandwidth (3 dB)
DC – 15 MHz
DC – 75 MHz
Peak Responsivity
DC – 100 MHz
DC – 200 MHz
1.0 A/W
Active Detector Diameter
0.3 mm
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
0.15 mm
>35 dB
Transimpedance Gain* Conversion Gain RF-Output
>25 dB (>35 dB Typical)
51 x 103 V/A
250 x 103 V/A
50 x 103 V/A
30 x 103 V/A
103
103
103
30 x 103 V/W
51 x
V/W
250 x
V/W
50 x
V/W
Conversion Gain Monitor Output
10 V/mW @ 1550 nm
10 V/mW @ 1550 nm
10 V/mW @ 1550 nm
10 V/mW @ 1550 nm
CW Saturation Power RF-Output
70 µW @ 1550 nm
15 µW @ 1550 nm
72 µW @ 1550 nm
120 µW @ 1550 nm
3.3 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
3.5 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
3.8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
6.0 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)
NEP (Min) Optical Inputs**
FC/PC or FC/APC (Removable)
Photodiode Damage Threshold
FC/PC or FC/APC (Not Removable) 20 mW
RF Output Impedance
50 W
Post Mounting
Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws
Dimensions
85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")
Power Supply
±12 VDC @ 200 mA, 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage
*Transimpedance Gain is reduced by a factor of two for 50 W loads
**For Model PDB460C, the FC adapter is not removable
ITEM #* PDB440C
$
PRICE 1,420.00
PDB420C
$
1,320.00
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 75 MHz
PDB410C
$
1,160.00
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 100 MHz
PDB460C
$
1,342.65
Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 200 MHz
*Add -AC to the Item # for a version with AC-Coupling
218
PDB460C
InGaAs/PIN
DESCRIPTION Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 15 MHz
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 900 – 1400 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Optimized
for 1060 nm (900 – 1400 nm
Range) n Switchable Power Supply Included n FC/APC Inputs for Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >30 dB (Typical)
PDB481C-AC
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
These balanced detectors, optimized for 1060 nm, each feature a pair of well-matched InGaAs photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The photodiodes are connected to the FC/APC optical inputs with exactly length-matched fiber to achieve excellent common mode rejection ratio values across the full detector bandwidth. The fiber-coupled design suppresses line artifacts in the OCT image, which generally occur when detector coupling optics are used. The combination of fiber and photodiodes was chosen to optimize these detectors for 1060 nm (900 - 1400 nm range).
Optical Filters FLIM Source
The 30 kHz - 1.0 GHz bandwidth PDB481C-AC detector is offered in an AC-coupled version only and incorporates the latest design for OCT balanced amplified photodetectors. The ultra-low-distortion output stage supports up to a 2 Vp-p A/D card input range, which, combined with the fiber-coupled design, improves the image quality for OCT applications considerably. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 3 MHz.
ITEM #
PDB471C
Detector Type Operating Wavelength
InGaAs/PIN Optimized for 1060 nm (900 - 1400 nm Range)
Internal Coupling Fiber Bandwidth (3 dB)
HI1060 DC – 400 MHz
Peak Responsivity Active Detector Diameter
Responsivity (A/W)
Transimpedance Gain
1.2
Conversion Gain RF-Output
1.0
Conversion Gain Monitor Output CW Saturation Power RF-Output
0.8
NEP (Min)
0.6
Optical Inputs
0.4
Photodiode Damage Threshold
30 kHz – 1.0 GHz
0.72 A/W @ 1060 nm 0.080 mm
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
PDB471C and PDB481C-AC Detector Responsivity
PDB481C-AC
>25 dB (>30 dB Typical) 10 x 103 V/A
16 x 103 V/Aa
103
11.5 x 103 V/W @ 1060 nma
7.2 x V/W @ 1060 nm
7.2 V/mW @ 1060 nm 530 µW @ 1060 nm
—
8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC to 100 MHz)
9.0 pW/Hz1/2 (30 kHz to 100 MHz)
FC/APC (Not Removable) 5 mW
0.2
RF Output Impedance
0.0 800
Post Mounting
Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws
Dimensions
85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Wavelength (nm) The shaded blue region marks the specified wavelength range of the detector, while the vertical blue line indicates 1060 nm.
ITEM # PDB471C
$
PRICE 1,700.00
PDB481C-AC
$
1,700.00
Power Supply aFor
50 W
±12 VDC @ 200 mA 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage
a 50 W load
DESCRIPTION Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 400 MHz, InGaAs Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 1.0 GHz, InGaAs, AC Coupled
219
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 1200 – 1700 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Optimized
for 1300 nm (1200 – 1700 nm Range) n Switchable Power Supply Included n FC/APC Inputs for Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >30 dB (Typical)
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components
PDB480C-AC
PDB470C and PDB480C-AC Detector Responsivity
Objective Lenses
1.0
Optical Filters
Responsivity (A/W)
FLIM Source
0.8
These balanced detectors, optimized for 1300 nm, each feature a pair of well-matched InGaAs photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The photodiodes are connected to the FC/APC optical inputs with exactly length-matched fiber to achieve excellent common mode rejection ratio values across the full detector bandwidth. The fibercoupled design suppresses line artifacts in the OCT image, which generally occur when detector ITEM # coupling optics are used. The combination Detector Type of fiber and photodiodes was chosen to Operating Wavelength optimize these detectors for 1300 nm Internal Coupling Fiber (1200 – 1700 nm range). The 30 kHz – 1.6 GHz bandwidth PDB481C-AC detector is offered in an AC-coupled version only and incorporates the latest design for OCT balanced amplified photodetectors. The ultra-low-distortion output stage supports up to a 2 Vp-p A/D card input range, which, combined with the fiber-coupled design, improves the image quality for OCT applications considerably. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 3 MHz.
220
$
PRICE 1,610.00
PDB480C-AC
$
1,610.00
0.4
0.2 0.0 800
1000
1200
1600
PDB470C
PDB480C-AC InGaAs/PIN
Optimized for 1300 nm (1200 – 1700 nm Range) SMF-28e+ DC – 400 MHz
0.075 mm
Common Mode Rejection Ratio Transimpedance Gain Conversion Gain RF-Output Conversion Gain Monitor Output CW Saturation Power RF-Output NEP (Min) Optical Inputs Photodiode Damage Threshold
30 kHz – 1.6 GHz
0.9 A/W @ 1300 nm
Active Detector Diameter
>25 dB (>30 dB Typical) 10 x 103 V/A
16 x 103 V/Aa
103
14.4 x 103 V/W @ 1300 nma
9x V/W @ 1330 nm
9 V/mW @ 1300 nm 420 µW @ 1300 nm
—
8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC to 100 MHz)
9.3 pW/Hz1/2 (30 kHz to 100 MHz)
FC/APC (Not Removable) 10 mW 50 W
Post Mounting
Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws
Dimensions
85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")
Power Supply
1800
The shaded blue region marks the specified wavelength range of the detector, while the vertical blue line indicates 1300 nm.
Peak Responsivity
RF Output Impedance
1400
Wavelength (nm)
Bandwidth (3 dB)
aFor
ITEM # PDB470C
0.6
±12 VDC @ 200 mA 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage
a 50 W load
DESCRIPTION Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 400 MHz, InGaAs Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 1.6 GHz, InGaAs, AC Coupled
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Balanced Detector, Polarization Diversity: 1270 – 1350 nm
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Integrated
Signal Detection with Active Aliasing Filter n Fast Monitor Outputs for External Polarization Adjustment n Excellent Common Mode Rejection n Matched S and P Optical Path Lengths The INT-POL-1300 is a pair of integrated balanced detectors that are used to analyze the S and P States of Polarization (SOP) of two input signals independently. This compact system is designed for polarization-sensitive optical coherence tomography (OCT) applications, but it can also be used in any application where the difference between two signals has to be analyzed with a high degree of sensitivity.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Balanced Receiver Functionality The S and P polarization states of the input are split using a polarizing beamsplitter (PBS) and directed into two balanced detectors, one for each SOP. The receiver is comprised of two balanced photodetectors and an ultra-low-noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The balanced detectors also have active lowpass filters to prevent aliasing effects and to suppress out-of-band noise effectively. These balanced photodetectors operate in the same manner as our PDB400 Series of OCT Balanced Detectors; they subtract the two optical input signals from each other resulting in the cancellation of common mode noise.
Connectors Optical signals are coupled to the photodiodes via two FC/APC input connectors. The unit has six electrical SMA output connectors, three for each polarization state. One of the three for each polarization state outputs provides the balanced signal and the other two are the power monitor outputs. The monitor outputs allow the user to observe the effect of changes to the ITEM # INT-POL-1300 power or SOP of the input signals. The device is OPTICAL PARAMETERS powered via a ±12 VDC input connector (power Wavelength Range (Beamsplitter Limited) 1270 – 1350 nm supply included). Fiber Type Corning SMF-28e+ Optical Connectors
Custom Designs & Volume Pricing Available
Extinction Ratio (PBS)a Max Input Power 1300 nm
FC/APC 22 dB 20 mW
ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS
Responsivity (A/W)
Responsivity for Photodiodes in INT-POL-1300 Balanced Detector Package
Detector Material/Type Detector Wavelength Range
InGaAs/PIN 800 – 1700 nm
1.0
Typical Max Responsivity
0.8
Output Bandwidth RF Output
DC – 15 MHz
1.0 A/W
Output Bandwidth Monitor Output
DC – 5 MHz
0.6
Transimpedance Gain
50 x 10³ V/A
0.4
Conversion Gain Monitor Outputs Saturation Power
0.2 0.0 800
Electrical Output/Impedance DC Offset 1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Wavelength (nm)
Power Supply aPolarizing
5 V/mW 80 µW @ 1300 nm SMA/50 Ω ±10 mV ±12 V, 200 mA
Beamsplitter
Custom Designs Available (Please Call for Details) ITEM # INT-POL-1300
$
PRICE 2,410.00
DESCRIPTION Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector
221
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Multiphoton Physiology Objectives
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
N20X-PFH
N16XLWD-PF
Especially chosen for their applicability to multiphoton microscopy, these water-immersion objectives have a high numerical aperture (NA) as well as a long working distance (WD). They also provide a wide transmission and color correction range. N20X-PFH on a Bergamo II Multiphoton Microscope TRITC
Alexa 488
FLIM Source
Features n Suited
for Multiphoton Imaging n High Numerical Aperture Scan Lens Tube Lens n Long Working Distance n Wide Wavelength Transmission and Color Correction A. Confocal Optical Path
Phalloidin DAPI
g-Tubulin Detection Aperture
Merged
Detector
20X 1.0 NA W
Dichroic Mirror
Objective
Illumination Aperture
DNA
Mouse Embryo Section Obtained Using Thorlabs’ Multiphoton Microscopy System. Sample Courtesy of Dr. Rieko Ajima, National Cancer Institute, Center for Cancer Research.
Have you seen our...
B. Multiphoton Optical Path Scan Lens
Tube Lens
Dichroic Mirror
Illumination Beam
Dendritic Spine Images Collected with the N60X-NIR Objective and the Multiphoton Microscopy Laser Tuned to 1040 nm. Sample courtesy of Dr. Tobias Rose of Max Planck Institute for Neurobiology, Martinsreid, Germany.
In the case of Multiphoton Laser Scanning Microscopy, Scan System the objective focuses the Objective collimated illumination beam Detector that passes through the scanning system. The non linear nature of a multiphoton absorption event ensures signal is confined to the focal plane of the objective lens. Therefore, very little signal is generated outside the region above and below the focal plane. Unlike confocal microscopy, this effective elimination of out of focus emission means that the collected signal does not have to go back through the scanning system, thus allowing the detector to be placed as close as possible to the objective to maximize photon collection efficiency (as illustrated in the figure above).
WAVELENGTH ITEM # Ma RANGE NAb WDc LENGTH THREADING DESCRIPTION N16XLWD-PF 16X 380 – 1100 nm 0.80 3.0 mm 77.0 mm M32 x 0.75 Nikon CFI LWD Plan Fluorite Objective N20X-PFH
400 - 900 nm
1.00
2.00 mm
78.9 mm
M25 x 0.75
Olympus XLUMPLFLN 20X $ 6,706.00
N40XLWD-NIR 40X
360 – 1100 nm
1.15
0.61 mm
64.1 mm
M25 x 0.75
Nikon CFI APO 40XW LWD NIR Objective $ 12,973.00
N40X-NIR
40X
380 – 1100 nm
0.80
3.5 mm
62.0 mm
M25 x 0.75
Nikon CFI APO 40XW NIR Objective
$ 2,318.00
N60X-NIR
60X
380 – 1100 nm
1.00
2.8 mm
62.6 mm
M25 x 0.75
Nikon CFI APO 60X NIR Objective
$ 3,694.00
aMagnification
222
20X
PRICE $ 5,533.00
bNumerical
Aperture
cWorking
Distance
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Plan Fluorite Objectives Correction Collar Adjustment
Thorlabs offers infinity-corrected visible and NIR Plan Fluorite microscope objectives from both Olympus and Nikon. Plan Fluorite objectives are corrected at three to four colors for spherical aberration and two to four colors for chromatic aberration. They are designed to produce flat images across the field of view and are well suited for use in color laser scanning microscopy applications. With high signal-to-noise ratios, excellent resolution, and high contrast imaging, they are also useful in brightfield and Nomarski DIC observations.
RMS60X-PFC
The correction collar on the RMS60X-PFC rotates. By rotating the collar, the distance between the objective optical elements is changed, thereby correcting for cover glass thickness. The 45 mm parfocal length of our Olympus objectives can be extended to 60 mm using the PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender featured below. The 60 mm parfocal length of Nikon objectives can be extended using the PL15M25.
RMS4X-PF
Olympus Plan Fluorite Objectives, RMS (0.800"-36) Threading Ma NAb WDc
ITEM # RMS4X-PF
4X
0.13
17 mm
DESCRIPTION PRICE 4X Plan Fluorite Objective $ 547.00
RMS10X-PF
10X
RMS20X-PF
20X
0.30
10 mm
10X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
979.00
0.50
2.1 mm
20X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
1,095.00
RMS40X-PF RMS60X-PFC
40X
0.75
0.51 mm
40X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
1,272.00
60X
0.90
0.2 mm
60X Plan Fluorite Objective w/ Correction Collar
$
3,228.00
bNumerical
cWorking
aMagnification
Aperture
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Distance
Nikon Plan Fluorite Objectives, M25 x 0.75 Threading ITEM # N4X-PF
Ma NAb WDc 4X 0.13 17.2 mm
DESCRIPTION PRICE 4X Plan Fluorite Objective $ 432.00
N10X-PF
10X
0.30
16 mm
10X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
785.00
N20X-PF
20X
0.50
2.1 mm
20X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
870.00
N40X-PF
40X
0.75
0.66 mm
40X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
991.00
N60X-PF
60X
0.85
0.31 - 0.4 mm
60X Plan Fluorite Objective
$
2,334.00
N100X-PFO
100X
1.3
0.16 mm
100X Oil Immersion Plan Fluorite Objective
$
2,112.00
aMagnification
bNumerical
cWorking
Aperture
Distance
Parfocal Length Extender for Objectives Diameter
PL15RMS External RMS Threads
Length
Internal RMS Threads
Parfocal Length
Thorlabs offers parfocal length extenders that increase the parfocal length of any infinity-corrected objective by 15 mm per extender. Industry parfocal length standards vary, as Olympus and Zeiss objectives have a parfocal length of 45 mm, whereas the standard for Nikon and Leica objectives is 60 mm. Furthermore, manufacturers also offer oversized objectives with a 75 mm parfocal length. These extenders allow users to swap microscope objectives manually or using a lens turret without having to refocus the system. This also simplifies microscope automation. The PL15RMS (shown above) features internal and external RMS (0.800"-36) threads on opposite ends and is directly compatible with our OT1 Objective Turret (sold above). The PL15M25 features M25 x 0.75 threads and requires an RMSA2 adapter to be used with the OT1 turret. ITEM # PL15RMS
PRICE $ 72.00
DESCRIPTION 15 mm Parfocal Length Extender for Microscope Objectives, RMS Threading
PL15M25
$ 72.00
15 mm Parfocal Length Extender for Microscope Objectives, M25 x 0.75 Threading
PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender Shown with Objective in the OT1 Lens Turret
223
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Oil Immersion Objectives
Femtosecond Technologies
Thorlabs offers Oil Immersion objectives from both Olympus and Nikon. All of the objectives have a plan fluorite design with the exception of the RMS100X-O, which is a plan achromat. These objectives are designed to provide flat images across the field of view and must be used with a drop of oil placed between the objective and cover glass or image quality will be degraded. The use of oil increases the objectiveâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s NA above 1.
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Iris Diaphragm Adjustment
The RMS60X-PFOD and RMS100X-PFOD objectives feature a built-in iris diaphragm, which is designed to be partially closed during darkfield microscopy. This is absolutely necessary for high numerical aperture (above NA = 1.2) oil immersion objectives when using an oil immersion darkfield condenser. For ordinary brightfield observations, the iris diaphragm should be left fully open.
RMS100X-O
RMS60X-PFOD
RMS100X-PFO
RMS40X-PFO
The 45 mm parfocal length of our Olympus objectives can be extended to 60 mm using the PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender featured on page 223. The 60 mm parfocal length of Nikon objectives can be extended using the PL15M25, also featured on page 223.
N100X-PFO
Olympus Oil Immersion Objectives, RMS (0.800"-36) Threading ITEM # RMS40X-PFO
Ma NAb WDc 40X 1.3 0.2 mm
DESCRIPTION PRICE 40X Oil Immersion Objective $ 5,798.00
RMS60X-PFOD
60X
1.25 - 0.65
0.12 mm
60X Oil Immersion Objective with Iris
$
3,375.00
RMS100X-PFO
100X
1.3
0.2 mm
100X Oil Immersion Objective
$
2,644.00
1.3 - 0.55
0.2 mm
100X Oil Immersion Objective with Iris
$
3,184.00
1.25
0.15 mm
100X Oil Immersion Plan Achromat Objective
$
1,100.00
RMS100X-PFOD 100X RMS100X-O
100X
aMagnification
bNumerical
cWorking
Aperture
Distance
Nikon Oil Immersion Objective, M25 x 0.75 Threading ITEM # N100X-PFO
Ma NAb WDc 100X
aMagnification
1.3
DESCRIPTION PRICE
0.16 mm
100X Oil Immersion Plan Fluorite Objective bNumerical
cWorking
Aperture
$ Distance
Microscope Immersion Oil Features Designed for Use with Oil Immersion Objectives Low Auto-Fluorescence for Multiphoton Imaging n 30 mL of Oil in Each Bottle n n
The MOIL-30 contains 30 mL of microscope immersion oil ideal for general microscopy. The low auto-fluorescence also makes it ideal for use with multiphoton and other fluorescence imaging microscopes. ITEM # MOIL-30
224
PRICE $ 45.00
DESCRIPTION Immersion Oil, 30 mL
MOIL-30
2,112.00
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
NIR Scan and Tube Lens for Multiphoton Imaging SPECIFICATIONS Effective Focal Length
Scan Lens: 40 mm Tube Lens: 200 mm
Scanning Position
MPM-SL
28.96 mm
Entrance Pupil Diameter
4 mm
Diffraction Limited Field-of-View*
FN12
Design Field-of-View*
FN16
PRICE $ 6,500.00
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
The MPM-SL is a premounted scan and @ FN16: <4.25% F-Theta Distortion @ FN12: <2.25% tube lens combination that is designed to image Optical Path Difference <0.25l Across All Wavelengths the scan plane of a laser scanning mirror system onto the * The Field Number (FN) is given in mm. The Field of View of the imaging system equals the FN divided by the magnification of the objective lens. back aperture of the objective lens. The MPM-SL was designed for the Thorlabs multiphoton essentials kit (see pages 50 - 53) and is offered as a component to support the construction of custom multiphoton or other NIR imaging systems. The scan lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of 40 mm while the tube lens has an EFL of 200 mm. Both lenses are optimized for broadband NIR imaging in the 680 – 1400 nm wavelength range. ITEM # MPM-SL
Femtosecond Technologies
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
DESCRIPTION NIR Scan and Tube Lens for NIR Multiphoton Imaging (680 – 1400 nm)
Visible Scan Lens for Laser Scanning Microscopy The CLS-SL scan lens is ideal for point-by-point laser scanning imaging in the visible wavelength range. This scan lens was originally designed for Thorlabs’ Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy Systems (see pages 54 - 65) and is now made available for customers designing their own laser scanning systems. SPECIFICATIONS Design Wavelength Range
400 – 750 nm
Effective Focal Length
70 mm
f/#
17.5
Diffraction Limited Field of View*
18 mm x 18 mm @ 486 – 750 nm (FN 25.5) 16 mm x 16 mm @ 400 – 750 nm (FN 23)
Scanning Position
59 ± 5 mm from Mounting Plate
Mounting Thread
External SM2 (2.035"-40) on Both Ends
* The Field Number (FN) is given in mm. The Field of View of the imaging system equals the FN divided by the magnification of the objective lens.
ITEM # CLS-SL
PRICE $ 2,510.00
The CLS-SL has a 70 mm effective focal length and is optimized for broadband imaging in the 400 – 750 nm wavelength range. It can be used in combination with the ITL200 tube lens presented below.
CLS-SL
Have you seen our...
DESCRIPTION Scan Lens for LSM (400 – 750 nm)
Tube Lens ITL200
The ITL200 is a tube lens with an effective focal length of 200 mm that is designed for use with Nikon Infinity-Corrected Objective Lenses (see page 223). The tube lens can be used to image onto CCD cameras or in conjunction with eyepieces.
Adapter shown with ITL200 Tube Lens
When paired with the CLS-SL scan lens presented above, the scan plane of a laser scanning imaging system can be relayed to the back aperture of the imaging objective. The M38 x 0.5 external thread on the ITL200 can be easily converted to SM2 (2.035"-40) threading using the SM2A20 adapter, which enables the construction of an optical system consisting of a scan lens and a tube lens using Thorlabs’ standard SM2 lens tube components offered online.
ITEM # ITL200
PRICE $ 450.00
DESCRIPTION Tube Lens for Nikon Infinity-Corrected Objectives
SM2A20
$ 45.00
Thread Adapter with Internal M38 x 0.5 and External SM2 (2.035"-40) Threads
SM2A20
Camera
Scientific Cameras
Tube Lens
Objective
Sample
See Pages 308 - 327
225
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Fluorescence Microscopy Filter Tutorial
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
Excitation Filter Bandpass Filter
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Dichroic Filter
Fluorescence microscopy is an imaging technique that uses the fluorescence of a sample to study its properties. While generally considered a small component, optimally selected filters have a dramatic effect on the resulting image. Fluorophores, or dyes, are often used to selectively stain a portion of the sample for better imaging. Under these imaging conditions, the autofluorescence of the sample becomes a major source of unwanted light in the resulting image. Filters are used to remove this light and improve the quality of the image. The following information highlights the performance characteristics of fluorescence imaging filters offered by Thorlabs.
Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets consist of one excitation filter, one emission filter, and one dichroic mirror/beamsplitter. The combination of these three filters is carefully chosen to maximize the intensity of the emission as seen by the detector while simultaneously reducing the intensity of the autofluorescence of the sample. As the source is directed into the excitation filter, it selectively transmits wavelengths that excite the fluorophore in the sample. The dichroic mirror/beamsplitter, which is oriented at 45° angle MDF-TRITC with respect to the light exiting the excitation filter, transmits only TRITC Filter Set the selected excitation wavelengths and directs them toward the sample. Fluorescence emissions from the sample are transmitted to the detector, while any excitation light reflected back by the sample is diverted. The emission filter allows the desired fluorescence from the sample to reach the detector while blocking unwanted traces of excitation light.
To aid in the selection process, a table of popular fluorophores and recommended filter sets can be found on pages 230 – 231. For a complete listing of fluorophores, our recommended filter sets, and their spectra, please see the fluorescence imaging filters presentation on our website.
226
Transmission (%)
For optimal results, the excitation and emission filters should be centered over the fluorophore’s absorption and emission peaks, respectively (see the graph below to the right). Selecting filters with wide bandwidths maximizes the signal but may result in an overlap of the emission and excitation signal, significantly reducing the resolution of the Cy3.5™ / MDF-CY3.5 Filter Set final image. Selecting filters with narrow bandwidths maximizes 100 MF565-24 spectral separation but may also reduce the signal strength. If MF620-52 MD588 80 Absorption multiple fluorophores with overlapping signals are being used in Emission tandem, the spectra and expected intensity of all dyes must be 60 considered prior to selecting a filter set. 40 20 0 475
525
575
Wavelength (nm)
625
675
Imaging Components
Fluorescence Microscopy Filter Tutorial Bandpass Filters
50
Multiphoton Subsystems
40 30
Confocal Accessories
20 10 0 1575
1600
1625
1650
Microscopy Stages
1675
Wavelength (nm)
OCT Components
The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission band.
Edgepass Filters
Longpass Filter Transmission
100
Objective Lenses
80
Transmission (%)
Edgepass filters are very useful for isolating specific spectral regions. They are an excellent choice for emission filters in fluorescence imaging or for order sorting filters in photometry. Longpass filters transmit wavelengths longer than the cut-off wavelength while blocking wavelengths shorter than the cut-off wavelength. In contrast, shortpass filters block wavelengths longer than the cut-off wavelength and transmit those shorter than the cut-off wavelength. A sample plot illustrating longpass filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ edgepass filters, see page 233.
Femtosecond Technologies
60
Transmission (%)
Bandpass filters transmit light in a narrow, well-defined spectral region while rejecting other unwanted radiation. They are often used as fluorescence emission filters because of their narrow transmission window. The bandwidth, or Full Width Half Maximum (FWHM), of these filters is defined as the wavelength range in which the filter exhibits at least 50% transmission. A sample plot illustrating bandpass filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ bandpass filters, see page 232.
MOM Upgrade Kit
Bandpass Filter Transmission
70
Optical Filters
60
FLIM Source
40 20 0 900
950
1000
1050
1100
Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission band.
Notch Filter Transmission
Notch Filters
Dichroic Mirrors/Beamsplitters Designed for use at 45º, dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters spectrally separate light by transmitting and reflecting light as a function of wavelength. Transmission and reflection are 50% at the cutoff wavelength. A longpass dichroic mirror is highly reflective below the cutoff wavelength and highly transmissive above it, while the shortpass variety is highly transmissive below the cutoff wavelength and highly reflective above it. Dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters are used in many applications, the most common one being fluorescence microscopy (see the Fluorescence Filter Set section on the previous page for more information). A sample plot illustrating shortpass dichroic mirror/beamsplitter behavior can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters, see pages 235 - 240.
Transmission (%)
80 60 40 20 0 480
500
520
540
560
580
600
Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the blocking band.
Shortpass Dichroic Beamsplitter: 45º AOI 100 80 60
%
Notch filters, also commonly referred to as band-stop or band-rejection filters, are designed to transmit most wavelengths but attenuate light within a specific wavelength range (the stop band) to a very low level. Functionally the inverse of bandpass filters, they are often used to obtain a good signal-to-noise ratio in Raman spectroscopy applications or to block light from a laser source in fluorescence microscopy. A sample plot illustrating notch filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ notch filters, see page 234.
100
40 Unpol. Transmission Unpol. Reflectivity
20 0
300
500
700
900
1100
1300
Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission and reflection bands.
Plate Beamsplitters Plate beamsplitters with a 50:50 transmission to reflectance ratio split incident light into two beams with equal power when inserted into the light path at a 45° angle. They are ideal for use in photostimulation/uncaging applications where one laser is used for two separate functions. For more information on Thorlabs’ plate beamsplitters, see page 241.
227
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies
Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets
Confocal Accessories
Thorlabs’ mounted Ø25.0 mm excitation and emission filters and unmounted 25.2mm x 35.6 mm dichroic filters are designed specifically for use in fluorescence imaging applications. Nine types of filters are available to accommodate key wavelength ranges for many common fluorophores (or their alternatives).
Microscopy Stages
Filter Design
Multiphoton Subsystems
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Close Up of Engraving
These IBS filters are manufactured to high-performance optical specifications and designed for durability. They are produced with multiple dielectric layers deposited on a high-precision glass substrate. The substrate is ground and polished to ensure that the highest possible image quality is maintained. These hard-coated optics produce filter layers that are more dense than those obtained from electron beam deposition techniques. The dense filter layers reduce water absorption and greatly enhance durability, stability, and performance of the filter. Each filter layer is monitored during growth to ensure minimal deviation from design specification thickness, ensuring overall high-quality filter performance. All filters conform to MIL-STD-810F and MIL-C-48497A environmental standards. SPECIFICATIONS Ø25 mm x 5.0 mm (Excitation) Ø25 mm x 3.5 mm (Emission) 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm x 1.05 mm (Dichroic) Ø21 mm (Excitation and Emission), 80% of Total Area (Dichroic) ±0.1 mm (Excitation/Emission), ±0.05 mm (Dichroic) ±0.1 mm
Size Clear Aperture Thickness Tolerance Dimensional Tolerance Surface Quality
60-40 Scratch-Dig 0° ± 5° (Excitation/Emission), 45° ± 1.5° (Dichroic)
Angle of Incidence
Features n Filter
Sets Include Excitation, Emission, and Dichroic Filters n For use with 9 Types of Fluorophores (or Their Alternatives) • BFP • TRITC • GFP • CFP • TXRED • CY3.5 • FITC • WGFP • YFP n > 90% Transmission at Excitation or Emission Wavelength
Excitation/Emission Filters These Ø25 mm excitation and emission filters feature dielectric layers that are deposited on fused silica substrates and mounted in 5 mm (excitation) or 3.5 mm (emission) thick black anodized housings. Each excitation (or emission) filter provides excellent transmission at the desired excitation or emission wavelength (>90%) with a sharp spectral cutoff and low transmission at other wavelengths (<0.001%). See the next page for graphs of the transmission of these filters. Ø25.0 mm Excitation Filters
For a table listing Thorlabs’ recommended filter sets for use with common fluorophores, please see pages 230 - 231.
228
ITEM # MF390-18 MF434-17 MF445-45 MF469-35 MF475-35 MF497-16 MF542-20 MF559-34 MF565-24
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
PRICE 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 232.70
FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate (TRITC) Texas Red (TXRED) Cyanine (CY3.5)
CENTER WAVELENGTH 390 nm 434 nm 445 nm 469 nm 475 nm 497 nm 542 nm 559 nm 565 nm
FWHM 18 nm 17 nm 45 nm 35 nm 35 nm 16 nm 20 nm 34 nm 24 nm
THICKNESS
FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate/ Cyanine (TRITC/CY3.5) Texas Red (TXRED)
CENTER WAVELENGTH 460 nm 479 nm 510 nm 525 nm 530 nm 535 nm 620 nm 630 nm
FWHM 60 nm 40 nm 42 nm 39 nm 43 nm 22 nm 52 nm 69 nm
THICKNESS
5.0 ± 0.1 mm
Ø25.0 mm Emission Filters ITEM # MF460-60 MF479-40 MF510-42 MF525-39 MF530-43 MF535-22 MF620-52 MF630-69
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
PRICE 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00
3.5 ± 0.1 mm
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm Dichroic Filters These dichroic filters are designed to separate light of different wavelengths. When light is incident on the filter at a 45° angle with respect to the normal, the excitation light and its associated back reflection are reflected while the longer wavelength fluorescence signal is transmitted. These filters are unmounted. If your application would benefit from a round, mounted dichroic filter with a steeper cut-off, please visit our website. ITEM # PRICE MD416 $ 214.13 MD453 $ 214.13 MD480 $ 214.13 MD498 $ 214.13 MD499 $ 214.13 MD515 $ 214.13 MD568 $ 214.13 MD588 $ 214.13
FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate (TRITC) Cyanine/Texas Red (CY3.5/TXRED)
REFLECTION BAND 360 – 407 nm 423 – 445 nm 415 – 470 nm 452 – 490 nm 470 – 490 nm 490 – 510 nm 525 – 556 nm 533 – 580 nm
TRANSMISSION BAND 425 – 575 nm 460 – 610 nm 490 – 720 nm 505 – 800 nm 508 – 675 nm 520 – 700 nm 580 – 650 nm 595 – 800 nm
THICKNESS
Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
1.05 ± 0.05 mm
OCT Components Objective Lenses
Filter Sets Since standard fluorescence imaging applications generally incorporate three different filters (i.e., one excitation, one emission, and one dichroic filter) to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio, Thorlabs offers these filters as a set at a savings over purchasing them separately. For a table listing Thorlabs' recommended filter sets for use with common fluorophores, please see the next page.
40 20 0 300
350
400 450 500 Wavelength (nm)
MDF-GFP
MF525-39
80 60 40 20 0 400
450 500 550 Wavelength (nm)
MDF-TRITC
MF542-20
MF620-52
80 60 40 20 0 475
525 575 625 Wavelength (nm)
675
40 20 450 500 Wavelength (nm) MF475-35
MF530-43
40 20 450 500 550 Wavelength (nm)
MDF-CY3.5
MF565-24
MF620-52
40 20 0 475
525 575 625 Wavelength (nm)
MD480
60 40 20
100
450 500 550 Wavelength (nm) MF497-16
MF535-22
MD515
60 40 20 500 550 Wavelength (nm)
MDF-TXRED
100
675
600
80
0 450
MD588
60
MF510-42
MDF-YFP
600
80
MF445-45
FLIM Source
80
0 400
MD499
60
100
100
550
80
0 400
600
MD568
60
100
MDF-WGFP
MD453
MDF-FITC
% Transmission
% Transmission
MD498
% Transmission
% Transmission
MF469-35
MF479-40
80
0 400
550
MF434-17
% Transmission
60
100
100
% Transmission
80
100
MDF-CFP
MD416
% Transmission
% Transmission
MF460-60
% Transmission
MDF-BFP
MF390-18
100
Optical Filters
MF559-34
MF630-69
Have you seen our... Microscope Filter Cubes for Mounting and Aligning Fluorescence Filter Sets
600
MD588
80
See Page 244
60 40 20 0 500
550 600 650 Wavelength (nm)
700
Spectral Plots Available as Downloads (See www.thorlabs.com and Search on the Item Number) ITEM # MDF-BFP
PRICE $ 625.00
DESCRIPTION BFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
EXCITATION FILTER MF390-18
EMISSION FILTER MF460-60
DICHROIC FILTER MD416
MDF-CFP MDF-WGFP
$ 625.00
CFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF434-17
MF479-40
MD453
$ 625.00
WGFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF445-45
MF510-42
MD480
MDF-GFP
$ 625.00
GFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF469-35
MF525-39
MD498
MDF-FITC
$ 625.00
FITC Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF475-35
MF530-43
MD499
MDF-YFP
$ 625.00
YFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF497-16
MF535-22
MD515
MDF-TRITC
$ 625.00
TRITC Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF542-20
MF620-52
MD568
MDF-CY3.5
$ 625.00
CY3.5 Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF565-24
MF620-52
MD588
MDF-TXRED
$ 625.00
TXRED Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)
MF559-34
MF630-69
MD588
229
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets Thorlabs’ Filter Sets for Popular Fluorophores The table below includes our suggested filter sets for many common fluorophores used in fluorescence imaging. Please visit our website for a complete listing of all fluorophores that are compatible with our filter sets. Fluorophore 2-dodecylresorufin-lipid
FLIM Source
Compatible Filter Set Suffix
Fluorophore
Peak Excitation l
Peak Emission l
582 nm
595 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
DyLight 405
398 nm
420 nm
-BFP
ECFP
435 nm
475 nm
-CFP
ecliptic pHluorin pH 5.5
473 nm
507 nm
-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC
Emerald
491 nm
511 nm
-GFP, -FITC
Eosin
525 nm
546 nm
-YFP
Ethidium homodimer
527 nm
617 nm
-TRITC
evoglow-Bs1
449 nm
496 nm
-WGFP
FITC (Fluorescein)
495 nm
519 nm
-FITC, -YFP
FlAsH-CCPFCC
511 nm
530 nm
-YFP
-TRITC
Fluo-3
506 nm
527 nm
-YFP
Fluo-4
494 nm
516 nm
-FITC
Fluorescein dextran
501 nm
524 nm
-YFP
Fluorescein-pH 8.0
489 nm
517 nm
-FITC
Fluoro-Emerald
494 nm
518 nm
-YFP
FluoSpheres Red fluorescent microspheres
656 nm
683 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
500 nm
525 nm
-YFP
5-FAM (5-carboxyfluorescein)
492 nm
518 nm
-GFP, -FITC, -YFP
5-ROX (carboxy-X-rhodamine)
578 nm
604 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
Acridine Yellow
470 nm
550 nm
-WGFP
343 nm
441 nm
-BFP
Alexa Fluor 488™
499 nm
520 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Alexa Fluor 500™
503 nm
525 nm
-YFP
Alexa Fluor 546™
556 nm
572 nm
Compatible Filter Set Suffix
Alexa Fluor 568™
579 nm
603 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
AMCA (Aminomethylcoumarin)
350 nm
488 nm
-BFP
AmCyan1
458 nm
489 nm
-CFP, -WGFP
Aqua 431
430 nm
478 nm
-CFP
ATTO 390
392 nm
477 nm
-BFP
ATTO 425
436 nm
484 nm
-CFP, -WGFP
GFP (EGFP)
489 nm
511 nm
-GFP, -FITC
ATTO 465
453 nm
507 nm
-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC
Green 496
496 nm
520 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Green 500
501 nm
524 nm
-YFP
ATTO 488
500 nm
525 nm
-YFP
ATTO 495
495 nm
527 nm
-FITC, -YFP
HCS LipidTOX Green neutral lipid stain
498 nm
507 nm
-FITC
ATTO 565
563 nm
592 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
HCS LipidTOX Green phospholipidosis
504 nm
536 nm
-YFP
BCECF (pH 5.5)
481 nm
518 nm
-GFP, -FITC
BCECF (pH 9.0)
502 nm
528 nm
-YFP
HCS LipidTOX Red neutral lipid stain
582 nm
616 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
BD Horizon V450
406 nm
449 nm
-BFP
HiLyte Fluor™ 405
403 nm
428 nm
-BFP
BFP (EBFP)
380 nm
440 nm
-BFP
HiLyte Fluor™ 488
497 nm
526 nm
-FITC, -YFP
BOBO™-1
461 nm
484 nm
-CFP, -WGFP
Hoechst 33258
532 nm
455 nm
-BFP
-TXRED, -CY3.5
Hoechst 33342
352 nm
455 nm
-BFP
392 nm
440 nm
-BFP
BOBO™-3
230
Peak Emission l
5-carboxy-2,7dichlorofluorescein
Alexa Fluor 350™ Optical Filters
Peak Excitation l
570 nm
605 nm
Calcein
494 nm
514 nm
-FITC
Hoechst 34580
Calcium Green-1
507 nm
529 nm
-YFP
KFP-Red
575 nm
599 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
LIVE-DEAD Fixable Green Dead Cell Stain
498 nm
525 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Live-Dead Fixable Violet Dead Cell Stain
403 nm
455 nm
-BFP
LysoSensor Blue
374 nm
424 nm
-BFP
448 nm
502 nm
-WGFP, -GFP -TXRED, -CY3.5
CellTrace calcein violet
400 nm
452 nm
-BFP
Cerulean
434 nm
473 nm
-CFP
CFP (ECFP)
433 nm
475 nm
-CFP
CFP2
490 nm
510 nm
-GFP, -FITC
Cy2™
492 nm
507 nm
-GFP
LysoSensor Green
Cy3.5™
578 nm
591 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
LysoTracker Red
573 nm
592 nm
CyQUANT GR-DNA
502 nm
523 nm
-YFP
Magnesium Green
507 nm
531 nm
-YFP
DAF-FM-NO
495 nm
519 nm
-FITC, -YFP
mApple
566 nm
594 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
DAPI
359 nm
461 nm
-BFP
mBBr+GSH
394 nm
490 nm
-BFP
DEAC
432 nm
472 nm
-CFP
mCherry
587 nm
610 nm
-TXRED
Dendra2 (Green)
491 nm
507 nm
-GFP, -FITC
mHoneyDew
478 nm
562 nm
-YFP
MitoTracker™ Green
490 nm
512 nm
-GFP, -FITC
MitoTracker™ Red
578 nm
598 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
mRFP1
584 nm
700 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
605 nm
-TRITC, -TXRED, -CY3.5
DiO
475 nm
500 nm
-GFP, -FITC
dTomato
586 nm
582 nm
-TRITC
DY-505-Phalloidin
503 nm
530 nm
-YFP
DY-590
582 nm
599 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
mRuby
558 nm
Imaging Components
Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets
MOM Upgrade Kit
Fluorophore
Peak Excitation l
Peak Emission l
Compatible Filter Set Suffix
Fluorophore
Peak Excitation l
Peak Emission l
mStrawberry
574 nm
596 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
Sodium Green
507 nm
532 nm
-YFP
mTFP1
462 nm
492 nm
-WGFP
SpectrumAqua
434 nm
481 nm
-CFP
mWasabi
493 nm
509 nm
-FITC
SpectrumBlue
405 nm
449 nm
-BFP
NBD-X (MeOH)
467 nm
538 nm
-GFP, -FITC
SpectrumGreen
497 nm
538 nm
-YFP
NeuroTrace 500/525 Green Fluorescence Nissl Stain
495 nm
524 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Sulforhodamine 101-EtOH
578 nm
593 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
Nile red-phospholipid
553 nm
637 nm
-TRITC, -TXRED, -CY3.5
SYBR Gold nucleic acid gel stain-DNA
469 nm
539 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Oregon Green™ 488
488 nm
526 nm
-FITC, -YFP
SYBR Green I nucleic acid gel stain-DNA
498 nm
522 nm
-FITC, -YFP
Pacific Blue™
404 nm
455 nm
-BFP
526 nm
-YFP
502 nm
522 nm
-YFP
SYBR Safe DNA gel stain-DNA
509 nm
PicoGreen PKH67
488 nm
500 nm
-GFP
SYTO 9
483 nm
500 nm
-GFP
POPO-1
433 nm
457 nm
-CFP
SYTO 11
506 nm
525 nm
-YFP
PO-PRO-1
433 nm
456 nm
-CFP
SYTO 13
448 nm
506 nm
-GFP, -FITC
Propidium Iodide (PI)
305 nm
617 nm
-TRITC, -TXRED
SYTO 16
489 nm
520 nm
-GFP, -FITC, -YFP
Qdot® 585 Nanocrystals
300 nm
588 nm
-CY3.5
SYTO 45
451 nm
485 nm
-WGFP
Red 580
580 nm
603 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
SYTO RNASelect green fluorescent cell stain
503 nm
527 nm
-YFP
Rhodamine 110
497 nm
519 nm
-FITC, -YFP
SYTOX Blue
444 nm
470 nm
-CFP
Rhodamine 123
507 nm
529 nm
-YFP
SYTOX Green-DNA
504 nm
524 nm
-YFP
Rhodamine Green
497 nm
523 nm
-YFP
TagBFP
402 nm
457 nm
-BFP
Rhodamine Red-X
573 nm
951 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
TagCFP
458 nm
480 nm
-CFP
Rhodol Green
497 nm
524 nm
-FITC, -YFP
rsGFP (red shifted GFP, S65T)
498 nm
516 nm
-FITC
sgBFP™
387 nm
451 nm
-BFP
sgGFP™ (super glow GFP)
472 nm
506 nm
-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC
SNARF (carboxy) 514 Excitation pH 9
576 nm
638 nm
SNARF-1 488 nm (pH 9.0)
576 nm
638 nm
Texas
Red®
Compatible Filter Set Suffix
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
592 nm
614 nm
-TXRED
TRITC (Tertamethylrhodamine) - “reddish”
552 nm
578 nm
-TRITC
TurboGFP
482 nm
503 nm
-GFP, -FITC
Vybrant DyeCycle Green
506 nm
534 nm
-YFP
-TXRED, -CY3.5
474 nm
509 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
X-Rhod-1 Indicator
580 nm
601 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
YFP (yellow GFP)
513 nm
530 nm
-YFP
YO-PRO-1
491 nm
506 nm
-GFP, -FITC
YOYO-1
491 nm
508 nm
-GFP, -FITC
587 nm
-TRITC, -CY3.5
SNARF-1 514 nm (pH 9.0)
576 nm
638 nm
-TXRED, -CY3.5
Select a Filter Set Using Our Spectral Graphs
If you are having difficulty selecting a filter set for your individual application, please contact our Technical Support staff for assistance.
FLIM Source
Cy3.5™ / MDF-CY3.5 Filter Set 100 80
Transmission (%)
Thorlabs’ Imaging Filter Sets are ideal for use with a variety of popular fluorophores. Our website features a table of all compatible fluorophores as well as spectral graphs for comparison. One such graph can be seen to the right. This graph shows the transmission of the excitation, emission, and dichroic filters included in our MDF-CY3.5 as well as the absorption and emission spectra of the Cy3.5™ fluorophore.
OCT Components
Optical Filters
-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC
549 nm
Microscopy Stages
Objective Lenses
wtGFP (wild type GFP, non-UV excitation)
SNARF-1 514 nm (pH 6.0 )
Femtosecond Technologies
MF565-24 MF620-52 MD588 Absorption Emission
60 40 20 0 475
525
575
625
675
Wavelength (nm) 231
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Premium, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters
Femtosecond Technologies
Specifications
Multiphoton Subsystems
n >90%
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
FLH05532-4
FLH1064-8
These high-performance, hard-coated, bandpass filters, which are designed to provide enhanced isolation of key Nd:YAG, HeNe, Ar, and diode laser lines, offer excellent (>5 OD) suppression in the blocking region while providing >90% transmission at the design wavelength. Available in Ø12.5 mm and Ø25 mm versions, these filters provide a simple and economical way to transmit light in a narrow, well-defined, spectral region while rejecting other unwanted radiation. The filters are 3.5 mm thick (see mechanical drawing), which allows the Ø25 mm versions to be used as drop-in replacements for our fluorescence emission filters found on pages 228 - 229.
Transmission at Center Wavelength n Peak Optical Density (OD) Out of Band:* OD > 5 (T < 0.001%) n Outer Diameter: Ø12.5" or Ø25 mm n FWHM Pass Regions Between 4 nm and 40 nm n Surface Quality: 60-40 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n Edge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction *T=10-OD, Where T is Transmission
Ø25.0 mm
FBH850-40 Transmission
100
Transmission (%)
80 60 40 20 0 200
3.5 mm (0.14") Max
400
600 800 1000 1200 1400 Wavelength (nm) Sample Transmission Plot. Visit www.thorlabs.com to view all of the transmission plots for these filters or to download raw data.
Ø21.1 mm (Ø0.83") Clear Aperture
Ø25 mm Filter Dimensions
Ø12.5 mm, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters BANDWIDTH ITEM #a CWLb FWHMc FLH05532-4 532 nm 4 nm FLH05633-5
633 nm
5 nm
FLH051064-8 1064 nm
8 nm
aAll
specifications are valid for AOI = 0°
bCenter
BLOCKING MOUNTED REGIONS (OD>5) SUBSTRATE TWEd CAe THICKNESS 200 - 512 nm, 552 - 1200 nm
200 - 613 nm, 653 - 1200 nm UV Fused Silica λ/4 Ø10 mm 3.5 mm (0.14") 200 - 1039 nm , 1089 - 1200 nm Wavelength
cFull
Width Half Maximum
dTransmitted
$
PRICE 175.00
$
175.00
$
175.00 eClear
Wavefront Error @ 632.8 nm Over the Clear Aperture
Aperture
Ø25 mm, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters BANDWIDTH ITEM #a CWLb FWHMc FBH400-40 400 nm 40 nm
BLOCKING MOUNTED REGIONS (OD>5) SUBSTRATE TWEd CAe THICKNESS 200 - 368 nm, 433 - 1200 nm
$
PRICE 160.00
FBH405-10
405 nm
10 nm
200 - 388 nm, 422 - 1200 nm λ/2
$
160.00
FBH520-40
520 nm
40 nm
200 - 485 nm, 556 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FLH532-4
532 nm
4 nm
$
275.00
FLH633-5
633 nm
5 nm
200 - 512 nm, 552 - 1200 nm λ/4 200 - 613 nm, 653 - 1200 nm
$
275.00
FBH650-40
650 nm
40 nm
200 - 611 nm, 690 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FBH660-10
660 nm
10 nm
200 - 648 nm, 672 - 1200 nm UV Fused Silica
$
160.00
FBH780-10
780 nm
10 nm
200 - 752 nm, 808 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FBH800-10
800 nm
10 nm
λ/2 200 - 771 nm, 829 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FBH800-40
800 nm
40 nm
200 - 757 nm, 845 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FBH810-10
810 nm
10 nm
200 - 781 nm, 839 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FBH850-40
850 nm
40 nm
200 - 805 nm, 896 - 1200 nm
$
160.00
FLH1064-8
1064 nm
8 nm
aAll
232
specifications are valid for AOI = 0°
bCenter
200 - 1039 nm, 1089 - 1200 nm Wavelength
cFull
Width Half Maximum
Ø21.1 mm 3.5 mm (0.14")
l/4 dTransmitted
Wavefront Error @ 632.8 nm Over the Clear Aperture
$ 275.00 eClear
Aperture
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Premium, Hard-Coated, Edgepass Filters
Femtosecond Technologies
Specifications n >90%
FESH0700
FESH0750
These high-performance, hard-coated, edgepass filters are very useful for isolating specific spectral regions. They are an excellent choice to use as emission filters in fluorescence applications or for order sorting filters in photometry. Alternatively, they can be used as stray light or trim filters to eliminate any unwanted near-band radiation.
Transmission (Absolute) n Peak Optical Density (OD) in Rejection Region: OD > 5 (Absolute) n Ø25 mm Outer Diameter n Surface Quality: 40-20 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n Cut-On/Cut-Off Tolerance: ±3 nm n Edge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
These filters offer an optical density (OD) of greater than 5 in the rejection region and greater than 90% transmission in the transmission region (see table below). FELH0550
100
FESH0700 8
100
9 8
Transmission Optical Density
40
2
20 0 200
4
Transmission (%)
60
7 6
60
5 Transmission Optical Density
40
4 3 2
20
Optical Density (OD)
6
80 Optical Density (OD)
Transmission (%)
80
1 700
1200 1700 Wavelength (nm)
0 2200
0 300
0 1200
600 900 Wavelength (nm)
The shaded regions in the graphs above denote the transmission bands of each filter. Visit www.thorlabs.com to view all of the transmission plots for these filters or to download the raw data.
Hard-Coated, Longpass Filters ITEM # FELH0500
CUT-ON WAVELENGTH 500 nm
TRANSMISSION REJECTION REGION MOUNTED REGION (T>90%) (OD>5) SUBSTRATE CAa THICKNESS PRICE 508 - 2150 nm 200 - 492 nm $ 157.50
FELH0550
550 nm
559 - 2150 nm
200 - 542 nm
$
157.50
FELH0600
600 nm
609 - 2150 nm
$
157.50
FELH0650
650 nm
660 - 2150 nm
FELH0750
750 nm
761 - 2150 nm
200 - 591 nm Ø0.83" 200 - 641 nm UV Fused Silica 0.14" (3.5 mm) (Ø21 mm) 200 - 740 nm
$
157.50
$
157.50
FELH0800
800 nm
812 - 2150 nm
200 - 789 nm
$
157.50
FELH1000
1000 nm
1013 - 2150 nm
200 - 987 nm
$
157.50
aClear
Aperture
Hard-Coated, Shortpass Filters ITEM # FESH0700
CUT-OFF WAVELENGTH 700 nm
FESH0750
750 nm
FESH1000
1000 nm
aClear
TRANSMISSION REJECTION REGION MOUNTED REGION (T>90%) (OD>5) SUBSTRATE CAa THICKNESS PRICE 400 - 690 nm 711 - 1200 nm $ 157.50 Ø0.83" 400 - 740 nm 761 - 1200 nm $ 157.50 UV Fused Silica 0.14" (3.5 mm) (Ø21 mm) 500 - 987 nm 1013 - 1500 nm $ 157.50
Aperture
233
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
Notch Filters Notch filters, also commonly referred to as band-stop or bandrejection filters, are designed to transmit most wavelengths but attenuate light within a specific wavelength range (the stop band) to a very low level. These filters are housed in a Ø1" or Ø25 mm black aluminum ring that is engraved with the central wavelength, bandwidth, and an arrow indicating the direction of transmission.
NF1064-44
NF658-26
Specifications n >90%
Average Transmission in Passbands Optical Density (OD) in Blocking Region:* OD > 6 (T < 0.0001%) n Outer Diameter: Ø1" or Ø25 mm n FWHM of Blocking Region Between 13 nm and 44 nm (Item Dependent) n Surface Quality: 60-40 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n E dge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction n P eak
Notch filters are useful in applications where one needs to block light from a laser. For instance, to obtain a good signal-to-noise ratio in Raman spectroscopy experiments, it is critical that light from the pump laser be blocked. This is achieved by placing a notch filter in the detection channel of the setup. In addition to spectroscopy, notch filters are commonly used in laser-based fluorescence instrumentation and biomedical laser systems. We do not recommend removing the filter from its mount as the risk of damaging the filter is high. However, custom unmounted filters are available; please contact Tech Support for more details.
* T=10-OD , Where T is Transmission
Transmission and Optical Density Plotsa NF488-15
NF533-17
100
7
5 4 3
40
2 20
80 Transmission (%)
60
6
450
500 550 Wavelength (nm)
600
Transmission Transmission Optical Density Optical Density
60
5
3
40
2
0 400
0 650
6
4
20
1
0 400
7
Optical Density (OD)
Transmission Optical Density
Optical Density (OD)
Transmission (%)
80
100
1 450
500
550 600 Wavelength (nm)
650
700
0
a
Raw data and plots for all Notch Filters are available on our website, www.thorlabs.com
Ø25 mm Notch Filters FWHMa PASSBANDS MOUNTED ITEM # WAVELENGTH (OF BLOCKING REGION) (Tavg > 90%) SUBSTRATE TWEb CAc THICKNESS PRICE NF405-13 405 ± 2 nm 13 nm 360 - 390 nm, 420 - 570 nm $ 490.00 NF514-17
514 ± 2 nm
17 nm
400 - 496 nm, 532 - 690 nm
$ 490.00
NF533-17
533 ± 2 nm
17 nm
400 - 517 nm, 548 - 710 nm
$ 490.00
NF561-18
561 ± 2 nm
18 nm
$ 490.00
NF594-23
594 ± 2 nm
23 nm
425 - 542 nm, 580 - 740 nm Fused Silica <1/2 Ø21 mm 3.5 mm (Max) 440 - 572 nm, 616 - 810 nm
NF658-26
658 ± 2 nm
26 nm
500 - 634 nm, 682 - 900 nm
$ 490.00
NF808-34
808 ± 2 nm
34 nm
610 - 778 nm, 838 - 1060 nm
$ 490.00
NF980-41
980 ± 2 nm
41 nm
700 - 948 nm, 1012 - 1300 nm
$ 490.00
a
Full Width at Half Maximum
bTransmitted
Wavefront Error @ 633 nm Over Clear Aperture
cClear
$ 490.00
Aperture
Ø1" Notch Filters FWHMa PASSBANDS MOUNTED ITEM # WAVELENGTH (OF BLOCKING REGION) (Tavg > 90%) SUBSTRATE TWEb CA THICKNESS PRICE NF488-15 488 ± 2 nm 15 nm 400 - 471 nm, 504 - 650 nm $ 490.00
234
NF633-25
633 ± 2 nm
25 nm
785 ± 2 nm
33 nm
475 - 613 nm, 653 - 900 nm <1/2 Ø21 mm 6.3 mm (Max) B270 590 - 760 nm, 810 - 1040 nm
$ 490.00
NF785-33 NF1064-44
1064 ± 2 nm
44 nm
800 - 1031 nm, 1097 - 1400 nm
$ 490.00
a
Full Width at Half Maximum
bTransmitted
Wavefront Error @ 633 nm Over Clear Aperture
cClear
Aperture
$ 490.00
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n D ichroic
Mirror with Longpass (DMLP Series) or Shortpass (DMSP Series) Characteristics n H igh Transmission and Reflectivity with Flat Response and Sharp Cut-Off Edges n U V Fused Silica Substrate with Ultra-Low Autofluorescence n H ard Dielectric Glass Coating for Easy Handling and Cleaning with Negligible Degradation or Burn Out n Resistant to Damage from UV Light and Chemicals n Dichroic Surface is Indicated by Engraved Arrow
DMLP/DMSP Series
The DMLP Series of Dichroic Mirrors/ Beamsplitters are designed for use with an angle of incidence of 45°. Each mirror transmits/ reflects 50% of the incident beam at its cut-off wavelength. Below the cut-off wavelength of our longpass mirrors, there is a spectral band over which the optic will reflect more than 90% of the incident light, while above the cut-off wavelength is a spectral band for which the optic will transmit more than 90% of the incident light (and vice versa for the shortpass mirrors).
Specifications
Typical Applications
Substrate Material: UV Fused Silica n Wavefront Distortion: <λ/4 at 632 nm n Surface Quality: 40-20 Scratch-Dig n Angle of Incidence: 45° n Operating Temperature: -50 to 80 °C
n Fluorescence
Dichroic Filter Coating
Microscopy n Combining or Splitting Two Beams of Different Wavelengths n Filtering of Spectral Components n Laser Applications Requiring Minimal Wavefront Distortion
n
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1"(Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
45°
45°
AR Coating
Beam Paths
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
DMLP425: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 425 nm
Visit...
DMLP425
www.thorlabs.com to view our Broad Selection of Filter Mounts
DMLP425, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
80
%
Confocal Accessories
Substrate
45°
CLEAR APERTURE >90% of Diameter >90% of Diameter >90% of Diameter >90% of Surface Area
100
Multiphoton Subsystems
% Reflectance %Transmission
60 40 20 0 200
DMLP425R
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
425 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
380 - 410 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
440 - 700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
ITEM # DMLP425T DMLP425 DMLP425L DMLP425R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
235
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP490: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 490 nm DMLP490T
80
%
Confocal Accessories
60
0 300
DMLP490R
OCT Components
FLIM Source
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS
Optical Filters
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
Microscopy Stages
Objective Lenses
DMLP490, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
490 nm 380 - 475 nm 510 - 800 nm Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
ITEM # DMLP490T DMLP490 DMLP490L DMLP490R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538 µm Beam
DMLP505: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 505 nm DMLP505T
DMLP505, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
%
80 60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20 0 200
DMLP505R
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
505 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
380 - 490 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
520 - 700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
ITEM # DMLP505T DMLP505 DMLP505L DMLP505R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
DMLP550: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 550 nm DMLP550, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
DMLP550T
%
80 60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMLP550R
0 300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
236
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
550 nm 360 - 535 nm 565 - 800 nm Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 0.5 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538 µm Beam
ITEM # DMLP550T DMLP550 DMLP550L DMLP550R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
1200
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP567: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 567 nm DMLP567T
Femtosecond Technologies
DMLP567, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
Multiphoton Subsystems
%
80 60
Confocal Accessories
%Transmission % Reflectance
40
Microscopy Stages
20 0 200
DMLP567R
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
380 - 550 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
584 - 700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Objective Lenses
567 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
ITEM # DMLP567T DMLP567 DMLP567L DMLP567R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
OCT Components
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Optical Filters FLIM Source
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
DMLP605: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 605 nm DMLP605, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
DMLP605T
80
%
60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20 0 200
DMLP605R
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
605 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
470 - 590 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
620 - 700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
ITEM # DMLP605T DMLP605 DMLP605L DMLP605R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 400.00 300.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
DMLP638: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 638 nm DMLP638
DMLP638, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
%
80 60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMLP638R WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
638 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
580 - 621 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
655 - 700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)
0 200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
ITEM # DMLP638T DMLP638 DMLP638L DMLP638R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
237
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP650: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 650 nm DMLP650T
Multiphoton Subsystems
80
%
Confocal Accessories
Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
Microscopy Stages OCT Components
DMLP650, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
DMLP650R
0
400
Reflection Band (Ravg >
400 - 633 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø0.538
µm Beam
685 - 1600 nm Rabs < 2% (665 - 1600 nm) @ 532 nmb 0.25 J/cm2 @ 1064 nmc 2.00 J/cm2 c10
1600
2000
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
650 nm 90%)a
1200
Wavelength (nm)
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
800
ITEM # DMLP650T DMLP650 DMLP650L DMLP650R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.000 mm Beam
DMSP805 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 805 nm DMSP805T
DMSP805, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100 80
%
60
DMSP805R
20 0 250
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%)
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
820 - 1300 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a
400 - 790 nm
AR Coating (Back Side)
Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm)
Damage Threshold µm Beam
500
805 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a
aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250
%Transmission % Reflectance
40
@ 532 nmb
1.00 J/cm2
@ 1064 nmc
7.00 J/cm2
c10
Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
ITEM # DMSP805T DMSP805 DMSP805L DMSP805R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
DMLP900: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 900 nm DMLP900T
DMLP900, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100 80
%
60
DMLP900R
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20 0 200
400
Longpass Cutoff (50%)
900 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a
400 - 872 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a
932 - 1300 nm
AR Coating (Back Side)
Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm)
Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250
238
µm Beam
@ 532 nmb
1.00 J/cm2
nmc
6.50 J/cm2
@ 1064 c10
Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Wavelength (nm)
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
ITEM # DMLP900T DMLP900 DMLP900L DMLP900R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 130.00 195.00 400.00 360.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP950: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 950 nm DMLP950T
Femtosecond Technologies
DMLP950, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
Multiphoton Subsystems
80
%
60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40
Confocal Accessories
20
DMLP950R
0
400
420 - 900 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538
µm Beam
990 - 1600 nm Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) @ 532 nmb 1.00 J/cm2 @ 1064 nmc 4.00 J/cm2 c10
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
950 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a
800
Wavelength (nm)
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%)
600
ITEM # DMLP950T DMLP950 DMLP950L DMLP950R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Optical Filters FLIM Source
Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.000 mm Beam
DMSP1000 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1000 nm DMSP1000T
DMSP1000, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100 80
%
60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMSP1000R
0 200
400
600
800
Shortpass Cutoff (50%)
Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250
520 - 985 nm Rabs < 2% (520 - 985 nm) @ 532 nmb
1.00 J/cm2
nmc
9.50 J/cm2
@ 1064
µm Beam
1400
1600
1800
2000
1020 - 1550 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side)
1200
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
1000 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a
1000
Wavelength (nm)
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS
c10
ITEM # DMSP1000T DMSP1000 DMSP1000L DMSP1000R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
DMLP1180: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1180 nm DMLP1180, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
DMLP1180T
%
80 60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMLP1180R
0 400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
1180 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
750 - 1100 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
1260 - 1700 nm
AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) 5.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)
ITEM # DMLP1180T DMLP1180 DMLP1180L DMLP1180R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 130.00 190.00 400.00 320.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
239
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems
Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMSP1180 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 490 nm DMSP1180T
% Transmission % Reflectance
80
%
Confocal Accessories
60 40
Microscopy Stages
20
DMSP1180R
0 500
OCT Components Objective Lenses
DMSP1180, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
1260 -1700 nm
Optical Filters
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
750 - 1100 nm
FLIM Source
Damage Threshold**
AR Coating (Back Side) *Unpolarized Light
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
1180 nm
750 - 1100 nm 3.0 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)
ITEM # DMSP1180T DMSP1180 DMSP1180L DMSP1180R
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
$ $ $ $
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.00 mm Beam
DMSP1500 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1500 nm DMSP1500T
DMSP1500, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
%
80 60
% Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMSP1500R
0 700
900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
1500 nm 1550 - 2000 nm 1000 - 1450 nm Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) 7.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)
**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
ITEM # DMSP1500T DMSP1500 DMSP1500L DMSP1500R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
DMLP1800: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1800 nm DMLP1800, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light
100
DMLP1800T
%
80 60
%Transmission % Reflectance
40 20
DMLP1800R
0 1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)
1500 -1750 nm
Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*
1850 - 2100 nm
AR Coating (Back Side)
240
1800 nm
Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*
Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light
Rabs < 2% (1800 - 2100 nm) 5.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)
**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam
ITEM # DMLP1800T DMLP1800 DMLP1800L DMLP1800R
$ $ $ $
PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00
SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm
THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
50:50 Plate Beamsplitters Edge Engraved with Part Number
Femtosecond Technologies
Features n Designed
for use with our Filter Cubes • Microscope Filter Cube Available (See Page 244) • Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube (See Pages 242 - 243) n Available Wavelength Ranges: 250 – 450 nm, 400 – 700 nm, or 700 – 1100 nm n Clear Aperture: 90% of Length and Width BSW11R BSW10R Reflectance (45° AOI)
BSW10R Transmission (45° AOI) Reflectance (%)
Transmission (%)
80 60 40
0 300
P-Polarized Unpolarized S-Polarized 400
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
25 mm x 36 mm
20
Multiphoton Subsystems
500 600 Wavelength (nm)
700
800
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
FLIM Source
P-Polarized Unpolarized S-Polarized 400
500
600 Wavelength (nm)
700
800
Shaded regions in the graph above denote the transmission (right) and reflection (left) bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.
These plate beamsplitters utilize ITEM # BSW20R BSW10R BSW11R UV fused silica substrates, which Surface 1: 250 - 450 nm 400 - 700 nm 700 - 1100 nm offer high transmission deep into Beamsplitting Coating for 45° AOI the UV, superior homogeneity Surface 2: 250 - 450 nm 400 - 700 nm 700 - 1100 nm Antireflection Coating (Ravg < 1%) compared to N-BK7 glass, and Split Ratio 50:50 a lower coefficient of thermal Size (L x H) 36.0 mm x 25.0 mm expansion than N-BK7. UV Thickness 1.0 mm fused silica also exhibits virtually Thickness Tolerance ±0.1 mm Substrate UV Fused Silica no laser-induced fluorescence, Surface Quality 40-20 Scratch-Dig making it ideal for applications Transmitted Wavefront Error λ/4 @ 633 nm in the UV to near IR. By Splitter Ratio Tolerance ±10% ±8% ±5% (Unpolarized Light in Coating Range) applying an AR coating with the same operating wavelength range to the back side of the beamsplitter, the percentage of light reflected back through the front surface is reduced to an average of less than 1% over the entire operating range of the coating. 25 mm x 36 mm Plate Beamsplitters ITEM # BSW20R BSW10R BSW11R
DIMENSIONS 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm
AR COATING RANGE 250 – 450 nm 400 – 700 nm 700 – 1100 nm
$ $ $
PRICE 110.00 110.00 110.00
241
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages
30 mm Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube Features n Prealigns
Fluorescence Filter Sets Within 30 mm Cage Cube n E asily Swap Between Filter Sets Using Additional Inserts (Sold Separately) n Kinematic Design Provides Repeatable Alignment n Compatible with 30 mm Cage and SM1 Lens Tube Systems n Premounted Filter Cubes Available Upon Request
OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
MAX FILTER THICKNESS Excitation
5 mm
Emission
3.5 mm
Dichroic
1.1 mm
DFM
Thorlabs’ DFM Fluorescence Filter Cube is designed to hold a fluorescence filter set (dichroic mirror and excitation and emission filters) in a 30 mm cage-compatible cube for homebuilt microscopy applications. The light-tight filter cube consists of a base and top lid with an insert to hold the filter set. Additional base units (DFMB) and top units (DFMT1) can be purchased separately. The base unit (DFMB) has four SM1-threaded (1.035"-40) ports and contains one 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped hole on the underside for post mounting (see mechanical drawing below). 8-32 or M4 thread adapters may be purchased separately for additional post-mounting capabilities (visit our website for details).
DFMT1 DFMT1 Kinematically Mounts to the DFMB Base for Repeatable Alignment
The top with insert (DFMT1) is designed to hold a 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm dichroic mirror and two Ø25 mm filters (excitation and emission). The dichroic mirror is clamped in place using a design that provides uniform pressure without causing deformation to the mirror. The excitation and emission filters are held using the included SM1RR Retaining Rings. The SM1-tapped (1.035"-40) hole in the top plate’s emission port is oriented at a 3° angle with respect to the face of the bottom of the cube, thereby eliminating unwanted reflections.
DFMB
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Tapped Hole for Post Mounting
1.00" (25.4 mm) 4-40 Tap (4 Places) for 30 mm Cage Compatibility
2.15" (54.6 mm) 1.02" (26 mm)
SM1 (1.035"-40) Threads 1.00" (25.4 mm)
242
2.00" (50.8 mm)
1.00" (25.4 mm) 2.00" (50.8 mm)
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
30 mm Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube Through an innovative kinematic design, filter sets can easily be swapped without requiring realignment. Additional tops and bases can be purchased separately. To help keep track of your filter sets, spaces are provided on the top to write the specific mirror and filters that are mounted in each cube. By request, the DFM is also available premounted with any of Thorlabs’ Filter Sets (see pages 228 - 229). Contact Tech Support for details.
Femtosecond Technologies
Fluorescence Filter Sets can be Easily Mounted in the DFM Filter Cube (Filters Sold Separately)
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
SM1RR Ø1" Retaining Ring (4 Places) B
FLIM Source
A
4-40 Screw (2 Places) Ø1" (25 mm) Optic
Able to Hold a Rectangular Optic 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm
ITEM # DFM*
METRIC ITEM # DFM/M*
DFMB DFMT1*
Cube top (DFMT1) assembly. Parts A and B are fastened together with two 4-40 captive screws. Four SM1-threaded ports hold Ø1" or Ø25 mm optics. A 25 mm x 25 mm x 1 mm rectangular optic can be secured between parts A and B when they are fastened together.
SM1 (1.035"-40) Thread (4 Places)
PRICE $ 295.00
DESCRIPTION Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube
DFMB/M
$ 100.00
Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube Base
-
$ 195.00
Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube Top
*Includes Two SMIRR Retaining Rings
Have you seen our...
Confocal Microscopy System Thorlabs’ Confocal Laser Scanning (CLS) Microscopy Systems consist of compact imaging modules specifically designed for infinity-corrected compound microscopes. They provide the ability to acquire high-resolution optical sections from within a thick sample or to reduce background fluorescence from a thin culture. The CLS systems offer turnkey integration to almost any upright or inverted microscope with access to an intermediate image plane (e.g., a camera port) via a C-Mount threading.
DFMT1 Filter Cube Tops are Used in our Four-Channel Photomultiplier Modules
The Confocal Microscopy System uses expandable photomultiplier modules (PMT Modules) that are designed for multi-channel laser scanning microscopy applications. These modules incorporate our DFMT1 Fluorescence Filter Cubes to split the signal from the sample into its different spectral components.
See Pages 54 - 65 243
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Microscope Filter Cubes
Femtosecond Technologies
Features
Multiphoton Subsystems
n Easily
Mount Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets: Emission Filter, Excitation Filter, and Dichroic Mirror n Compatible with Many Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (See Table Below) n Hassle-Free Alignment n Pre-Mounted Filter Cubes Available Upon Request
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source
TLV-U-MF2
Thorlabs’ Microscope Filter Cubes are compatible with a broad range of Olympus and Nikon fluorescence microscopes. Designed for quick mounting, aligning, and swapping of fluorescence imaging filter sets, each cube holds one Fluorescence Filter Set (see pages 228 - 229), which includes a Ø25 mm emission filter, Ø25 mm excitation filter, and 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm dichroic mirror. A retaining clip and threaded retaining rings (included) TLV-TE2000 can be used to secure the dichroic mirror and excitation/ emission filters, respectively, thereby removing the need for epoxy and providing simple filter interchangeability. See the schematic below for details. These drop-in filter cubes are sold as empty mounts. However, if a Thorlabs’ Fluorescence Filter Set is purchased at the same time, we will, by request, premount the optics at no additional charge; contact Tech Support for details. Please see the compatibility table below to determine the correct filter cube for your application.
TLV-QFXL To Detector
Retaining Ring Emission Filter
Schematic Illustrates Correct Filter Installation and Cube Orientation Excitation Filter Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitter
Filter Block
From Source
TLV-TE2000 Filter Cube Features Three Spaces to Write the Names of the Filters Housed Inside
Retaining Ring
To Sample
COMPATIBLE ITEM #* PRICE MICROSCOPE TLV-U-MF2 $ 441.00 Olympus TLV-QFXL $ 398.00
Nikon
E200, E400, E600, E800, E1000, TS100, TS100F, TE200, TE300, ME600L, L150A, and Some PHOTO Scopes
TLV-TE2000 $ 398.00
Nikon
TE2000, 50i, 55i, 80i, 90i, Eclipse Ti, and Epi-Fluor Illuminator Scopes
*Each Assembly Includes Two SMIRR Retaining Rings
244
DESCRIPTION AX, BX2, and IX2 Series
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
Liquid Crystal Tunable Filters
Femtosecond Technologies
A Hyperspectral Imaging System Built Using the KURIOS-WB1 Liquid Crystal Filter and a 1500M-GE Scientific Camera (See Page 313) Mounted on an Olympus IX71 Microscope
Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories
KURIOS-WB1 Controller Included
Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Thorlabs’ Liquid Crystal (LC) Tunable Bandpass Filters incorporate liquid crystal cells sandwiched between polarizing elements, much like Loyt or Solc filters, that are used to quickly change the transmission band within the wavelength range. These filters tune continuously over the operating wavelength range, providing rapid and vibrationless tuning of the filter’s center wavelength. Due to their rapid tuning capabilities, these liquid crystal tunable filters (LCTFs) are ideal for applications such as multispectral or hyperspectral imaging as well as for use with chargecouple devices (CCDs). For instance, using these filters in conjunction with a CCD camera produces images with a much higher accuracy for color representation than using a standard CCD camera with a Bayer mosaic. This technique produces true spectral imaging and can thus show spectral features that would otherwise be impossible to detect. For more details, please see pages 434 - 435. KURIOS-WB1
ITEM #
Tunable Filter Spectrum
Polarized Transmission (%)
70
Wavelength Range
60
11 nm, 22 nm, 38 nm (Selectable)
5 - 40 ms
5 - 200 ms Ø20 mm
Polarized Transmissionc @ 550 nm
30
45%
30%
Out-of-Band Blocking
20
OD > 2
Resolution
10
425 nm 550 nm 675 nm
35 nm
b
Clear Aperture (CA)
40
0 400
KURIOS-VB1 420 - 730 nm
Bandwidtha (FWHM @ 550 nm) Switching Speed
50
1 nm
Tuning Accuracy 450
500 450 nm 575 nm 700 nm
550
600
650
Wavelength (nm) 475 nm 600 nm 725 nm
700
500 nm 625 nm
750
800
525 nm 650 nm
FLIM Source
±FWHM/10
Angle of Incidence (Field of View)
±6°
Wavelength Uniformity over CA
FWHM/8
Operating Temperature
0 to 40 °C
Storage Temperature Dimensions (Optical Head)
-15 to 65 °C 52.5 mm x 52.5 mm x 48.5 mm
52.5 mm x 52.5 mm x 78.5 mm
aBandwidth changes linearly with wavelength. bSwitching speed is dependent on the initial and final wavelengths. cInput polarization is aligned with the filter’s polarization axis.
ITEM #
METRIC ITEM # KURIOS-WB1 KURIOS-WB1/M
PRICE $ 8,000.00
DESCRIPTION Liquid Crystal Tunable Filter, 35 nm FWHM, 420 -730 nm, 8-32 (M4) Tap
KURIOS-VB1 KURIOS-VB1/M
$ 8,750.00
Liquid Crystal Tunable Filter, Selectable FWHM, 420 -730 nm, 8-32 (M4) Tap
245
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
FLIM LED Source: 10 MHz to 100 MHz Modulation FLIM (Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging) is an imaging technology that utilizes the exponential decay rate of the fluorescence from a fluorescent sample. It is mainly used with confocal microscopy and other microscope systems. The image in FLIM is based on the lifetime of the fluorophore signal, rather than its intensity. Since the excited state has a lifetime, the fluorescence signal is delayed with respect to the excitation signal plus reduced in amplitude. The lifetime can be determined from this phase shift and the amplitude reduction. This minimizes photon scattering in thick layers of the sample.
Excitation Emission
φ a
m= b 0
0
A
B
Modulated Excitation and Fluorescence Signal used in Frequency Domain FLIM
FLIM Source
3 Operation Modes n Internal
FLIM Source: Driver and LED Head
Modulation Mode up to 100 MHz n External Trigger Mode up to 100 kHz n Constant Current Mode
Thorlabs’ DC3100 Series of Modulated LED Sources is designed for frequency domain Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging (FLIM) and other microscopy applications that require advanced, modulated, high-brightness LED sources. Our FLIM LED sources include a high-current, high-power LED driver with three operation modes, an LED head with modulating electronics that are designed for high-brightness LEDs with high thermal dissipation losses, and the LED itself. There are four standard wavelengths available: 365 nm, 405 nm, 470 nm, and 630 nm. Other wavelengths are available upon request. In addition to the controls on the unit, the LED driver can be remotely operated using the USB 2.0 connector and the included software package with an intuitive GUI and an extensive driver set that supports integrated operations.
LED Head
DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS LED Current
0 to 1 A
SM2 Threads (2.035"-40)
Internal Modulation Mode Modulation Frequency
10 – 100 MHz in 0.1 MHz Steps*
Modulation Depth
0 to 100%
Trigger Output
Sine Wave
External Modulation Mode Drive Voltage Modulation Modulation Frequency *LED Dependent
246
0 to 10 V (1 V/100 mA) Arbitrary 0 to 100 kHz (Sine Wave)
2.34" (59.5 mm) Ø0.26" (Ø6.5 mm) 4.02" (102.5 mm) 4.98" (126.5 mm)
Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.
Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit
FLIM LED Source: 10 MHz to 100 MHz Modulation DC3100-365
180
DC3100-405
180
0.0
-0.5
-1.5 Phase Difference (º)
-7.5
-90 Phase Difference Amplitude
-180
0
20
40 60 Frequency (MHz)
-5.0 -6.5 -8.0 Phase Difference Amplitude
-10.5 80
100
-12.0
-180
DC3100-470
180
-3.5 0
-90
-9.0
0
50 Frequency (MHz)
-9.5 100
-8 -10
-90
-180
0
0
-90
-12 Phase Difference Amplitude
90
Phase Difference Amplitude
-14
50 Frequency (MHz)
100
-16
-180
50 Frequency (MHz)
0
100
1.5 0.0 -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -7.5 -9.0 -10.5 -12.0 -13.5 -15.. -16.5
Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters
Amplitude (dB)
-6 0
Phase Difference (º)
-4 Amplitude (dB)
Phase Difference (º)
-2 90
-11.0
DC3100-630
180
0
Multiphoton Subsystems
-2.0
90
Amplitude (dB)
-6.0
Amplitude (dB)
-4.5 0
Phase Difference (º)
-3.0
90
Femtosecond Technologies
1.0
FLIM Source
Four collimating lens housings are offered that adapt our LED sources directly to the illumination port of the Olympus IX/BX, Leica DMI, Zeiss Axioskop, or Nikon Eclipse microscopes. They collimate the light emitted by the LED modules using an AR-coated (350 - 700 nm) aspheric condensing lens.
LED Head Shown with an Olympus BX & IX Collimation Adapter
Collimation Adapters COMPATIBLE MICROSCOPES
OLYMPUS BX & IX MICROSCOPES
LEICA DMI MICROSCOPES
ZEISS AXIOSKOP MICROSCOPES
NIKON ECLIPSE MICROSCOPES
Photograph
Item #
COP1-A
COP2-A
COP4-A
COP5-A
Choose an LED Source (Includes Driver and Head) ITEM # PRICE
CENTER WAVELENGTH
MAX CURRENT
CUTOFF FREQUENCY
Additional LED Heads Available as Make to Order (365 - 850 nm)
DESCRIPTION
DC3100-365
$ 2,510.00
365 nm
700 mA
90 MHz
Modulated LED Source with a 365 nm Head
DC3100-405
$ 2,210.00
405 nm
1000 mA
95 MHz
Modulated LED Source with a 405 nm Head
DC3100-470
$ 2,210.00
470 nm
1000 mA
80 MHz
Modulated LED Source with a 470 nm Head
DC3100-630
$ 2,210.00
630 nm
1000 mA
70 MHz
Modulated LED Source with a 630 nm Head
Choose a Collimation Adapter (AR Coating: 350 – 700 nm) ITEM # COP1-A
PRICE $ 175.70
DESCRIPTION Collimation Adapter for Olympus BX & IX
COP2-A
$ 175.70
Collimation Adapter for Leica DMI
COP4-A
$ 175.70
Collimation Adapter for Zeiss Axioskop
COP5-A
$ 207.90
Collimation Adapter for Nikon Eclipse
247